202: Shared Finances, Shared Growth: Tackling Financial Dynamics in Couples

202: Shared Finances, Shared Growth: Tackling Financial Dynamics in Couples 

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room. 

“Financial intimacy is the experience of being able to talk openly, safely, vulnerably about your shared financial life, your money hopes, dreams, aspirations, as well as your fears, worries, and anxieties.” – Ed Coambs  

Building Financial Intimacy and Healthy Money Conversations

In a relationship, money is rarely just about numbers. It’s about safety, power, vulnerability, and the stories we each carry from childhood into adulthood. In this conversation, Ed and I unpack how financial intimacy gets built — and how it quietly breaks down — through everyday conversations and unspoken dynamics. 

I often see couples fall into predictable roles: one partner pushes to engage with money, the other pulls away. Over time, these roles can harden into resentment or shutdown, especially when income shifts, career growth, or differing values enter the picture. 

Repair is possible! It begins with slowing down, naming old hurts, owning the part you’ve played in past conflicts, and choosing to approach money conversations with collaboration instead of defensiveness. When you tend to both the emotional and practical sides of money together, trust deepens — and conflict softens. 

Emotional Patterns, Relationship Shifts, and Money Conversations

Money shows up in relationships through tone, body language, and nervous system reactions — not just spreadsheets. In this episode, we dig into what’s happening underneath the surface when money becomes tense. 

(00:04:39) Understanding Financial Intimacy 
(00:06:54) Exploring Emotions Around Money 
(00:15:21) Couples and Evolving Money Views 
(00:18:32) Navigating Money Dynamics in Relationships 
(00:21:52) Owning Your True Feelings 
(00:27:40) Modeling Respect Through Conversations 
(00:30:11) Money and Relationships with Kindness 

What It Really Takes to Talk About Money Together

Building financial intimacy means learning how to stay present when money stirs up fear, shame, or old family patterns. When you start noticing the emotional tone of your conversations — not just the content — you can begin to shift from tension into connection. 

When you begin speaking honestly about what money really represents for you — security, freedom, worth, control — power struggles often soften. Over time, those small moments of repair and respect not only change your relationship, they quietly shape the money story your children will inherit as well. 

Get to know Ed Coambs, CFP®, CFT-I™, LMFT:

Ed Coambs is a financial therapist and the founder of Healthy Love and Money. Drawing from his experience in financial planning and couples therapy, he helps partners understand the emotional roots of money conflict and build financial intimacy grounded in safety and connection. He’s also the author of The Healthy Love and Money Way, where he explores how attachment styles influence our financial well-being and our closest relationships. 

Connect with Healthy Love and Money: 

Take the Attachment Style Quiz Related to Money: https://www.healthyloveandmoney.com/attachment-style-quiz 

Read the Book: https://www.healthyloveandmoney.com/the-healthy-love-and-money-way 

Listen to the Podcast:  https://pod.link/1634843162 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/healthyloveandmoney/ 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

Linzy Bonham [00:00:01]: 

What often happens when I’m working with folks in Money Skills for Therapists and in Money Skills for Practice Owners is as they’re getting clearer and clearer about their own relationship with money, building out systems and skills, starting to be like, okay, I’m getting this, then they’re like, but at home I have to do this with somebody else. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:00:20]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:00:21]: 

And that— yeah, shoot indeed. Welcome to Money Skills for Therapists. The podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm, clarity, and confidence with their finances. If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. Before we jump in, check out my free on-demand masterclass. You’ll find the link in the show notes or at moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:00]: 

Let’s get started. Hello and welcome back to the podcast. Today we have returning guest Ed Coambs. Ed is financial advisor, financial therapist. He is this amazing combination of trained financial expert and therapist smashed together. I suppose similar to myself, but actually is financial advisor. And Ed and I today are talking about financial intimacy, navigating money in relationships. This is a piece I see come up so much with the folks that I work with, because if you are in a partnership, you can do so much work on your own relationship with money, and yet at the end of the day, at home, you have to manage that money with somebody else. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:45]: 

You’ve got somebody else’s money stuff and money stories, and the information they’re getting, the way they think about money coming into the picture. So today, Ed and I talk about financial intimacy as a starting place, as a way for couples to get on page about money. We talk about common dynamics that he has seen in relationships around resentment, around being interested in money at different times. And then we talk about how to start to shift towards more financial intimacy in your relationship with your partner. Here is my conversation with Ed Coambs. So Ed, welcome back to the podcast. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:02:31]: 

Linzy, so great to be here, and thank you for having me back. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:33]: 

Yeah, I’m excited to have you back. We just had some great pre-recording conversation. I was like, we need to stop, we need to record. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:02:40]: 

Just hit record, let’s go. Yep. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:43]: 

Yeah, I’m very excited to have you back today because I feel like, I mean, in addition to always just enjoying talking to you, our work kind of like fits together side by side in a way that’s really nice. It’s kind of like your work ends, or my work ends where your work begins, in terms of like a lot of therapists that I work with come into working on their finances through their private practice when it’s like, oh no, I don’t know what I’m doing, right? This is overwhelming. I have to make this work. And the way that I often think about working on finances in your private practice is it’s a little bit of like a sandbox. It’s a good place to learn, right? It’s like a smaller amount of transactions that happen. It’s just you. There’s kind of like some nice guidelines we can use to help you understand what works. There’s some percentages we can rely on. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:27]: 

Business is like pretty predictable and measurable. But what often happens when I’m working with folks in Money Skills for Therapists and in Money Skills for Practice Owners is as they’re getting clearer and clearer about their own relationship with money, building out systems and skills, starting to be like, okay, I’m getting this, then they’re like, but at home I have to do this with somebody else. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:03:49]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:49]: 

And that— yeah, shoot indeed. And that ends up being like a whole other area, which is not the work that I do, right? I’m really working with folks in that business space, but you are working with folks in that relationship space. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:04:02]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:03]: 

So I wanted to talk to you today about that piece of like navigating money with a partner. So as you start to think about this whole navigating money with a partner, yeah, tell me about financial intimacy is something we had chatted about the last time you were here. I feel like that’s a good place for us to start this conversation today. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:04:23]: 

Well, you know, Linzy, we were joking about how much we love listicles and like easy 1, 2, 3 steps for this. And so I’m just going to, you know, make this a very quick, easy podcast for everyone. Just focus on financial intimacy, y’all, and you’ll be fine. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:36]: 

Great. Number 1. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:04:39]: 

Okay. Now I’m imagining listeners like, who is this guy and why is he back on here? What is this? All right, so let’s start with a definition. What is financial intimacy? Financial intimacy is the experience of being able to talk openly, safely, vulnerably about your shared financial life, your money hopes, dreams, aspirations, as well as your fears, worries, and anxieties. Now, if you hear that definition, you— your brain might start blowing up because it’s like, that’s a lot. And it is a lot to experience financial intimacy because what most of us have never seen are loving, safe, kind conversations between intimate partners around money. When I ask my clients who have they seen talk about money in an open and loving way in their life, they look at me like I’m crazy or stupid. What are you talking about? And so I you think, know, we were talking before we hit record is that as humans, we need mental models. We need maps to know how to navigate the territory of our relationship. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:05:47]: 

But if we’ve never seen this in action, it’s very hard to know how to execute it because our instincts just come right into play about how to navigate money conversations based on whatever it is that we’ve seen over the course of our childhood and adulthood. And so a big part of the financial therapy with couples is giving them the experience of talking about money in a loving, safe, and open way. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:13]: 

That’s very powerful. So I noticed myself when you give that description of that experience of seeing people having loving conversations around money, it’s interesting because obviously I think about money quite a bit and my relationship with it. But when you said that, I had a felt experience that’s more like a childhood experience where I was like, oh yeah, no, that was not a thing in my own household. So it is interesting to notice that modeling piece. I feel like I was taught lots of great financial skills, which I deeply appreciate. But if I think about the modeling, the relationship modeling that I actually received and continue to witness around money with my parents, those aren’t the words that I would probably use to describe it. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:06:54]: 

Yeah, and I think— right, so we’ve talked about how do we have some practical exercises for folks. So let’s take a pause. Here’s a practical exercise. Take a moment, listen to what I’m going to say, and then hit pause on this recording. But just think of what are, what are the adjectives or descriptive words you would use to describe how your family members talk to each other about money? Was it scary? Was it loud? Was it angry? Was it soft? Was it quiet, like quiet-avoidant, like nothing was ever said? Was it encouraging? Was it supportive? Was there a sense of pride? Was there a sense of anxiety or shame or fear? Those are all relational experiences around money. And so while we may know the content or the technicalities of how money works, it’s paired with the emotion, with an emotional tenor. And that emotional tenor is what makes it either more comfortable or less comfortable to talk about money. And so that’s what we’re really working on with couples and money is, yes, we want to make sure that we’re having a shared understanding about how money works and what we’re doing with it. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:08:00]: 

But it’s, it’s that old cliché phrase of it’s not what you say, it’s how you say it really shows up and matters in money conversations for couples. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:10]: 

Yeah, I mean, another word that comes to mind for me is, is the vibe, to use youth speak, right? Like, what what is, is the vibe that’s there? And I just had a conversation with a student in MSFT following up on a podcast recording that just came out at the time that we’re recording this about parenting and money. And I was talking about the energy we put across too, right? It’s like what’s happening in our nervous system and our kids are picking that up. Even if we are trying not to express it, they feel if we are stressed or angry or on edge, right? And so it makes you think about same thing. It’s like we pick up on the energy between parents or the adults that are making decisions. It’s all there, even if it’s not being spoken. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:08:51]: 

Absolutely. And this is what I love about the gift of the field of therapy, is, you know, like, interpersonal neurobiology talks about neuroception and the automatic process of picking up where we’re at in our vagal tone and resonance level. And so, right, this is the complexity of being humans, is we can convince ourselves we’re not being scary, we’re not being anxious, we’re not being threatening, that doesn’t matter because it’s what’s actually happening inside of your body is being transmitted to your child or your partner. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:22]: 

Yes. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:09:23]: 

And so that’s where our own congruence between being in our body, knowing how we’re actually feeling, not the story we’re telling ourselves, matters so much because most of us use denial, minimization, and rationalization to help us navigate the financial world. So it doesn’t feel so scary. But our body is telling us the truth of how we actually feel about things. And we try to override that or get it to be something different. And so we use force to correct that both for ourselves and with our partner. We don’t want our partner to be resentful, frustrated, angry about going on vacation because it’s going to cost money. But instead of meeting them with empathy and compassion, we meet them with frustration. Why are you making a big deal? Or just overriding them. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:10:10]: 

And that only exacerbates the cycle of disconnection. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:13]: 

Yes, absolutely. So as we’re thinking about this, I’m curious, what are some common dynamics you see in couples around money? 

  

Ed Coambs [00:10:23]: 

Yeah, one of the biggest things that’s really been swimming in my mind recently is about the timing and interest in the topic of money for couples is a very big deal. And what I started doing with all my couples when I’m getting to know them is I ask them about their story of bringing their life and money together and what was happening. And one of those patterns that has been jumping off the page, so to speak, recently is the interest in money itself and talking about it is wildly different for some couples. And so if you can imagine one partner is like gung-ho, all into it, trying to figure it out, and the other person’s like, I don’t give two shit, I have other things that are important to me. I’m scared. I’m ashamed. Whatever the motivating factors are, they’re not into it. But this person is busy pursuing, trying to get their partner to engage with them in money. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:11:14]: 

Now here again, right, this is back to that energy, is usually that pursuit has anxiety and fear underneath it. Sometimes shame. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:22]: 

Right, right. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:11:24]: 

And so that doesn’t feel great for this partner. It doesn’t get them interested in wanting to join with them. So they might even be trying to do the right thing or the good thing, but the emotional energy has so much anxiety, shame, fear, anger in it that it’s this repellent, right? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:41]: 

Yeah, the other partner will withdraw more. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:11:43]: 

Withdraw more and more. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:45]: 

Yeah, because probably in addition to whatever of their own reasons they already don’t want to be thinking about money, now there’s all this like charge from their partner around it. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:11:54]: 

Yes, right. So now let’s fast forward. It’s been 3, 4, 5 years more. The partner that was really interested in money has finally gotten fatigued and worn out. I can’t get this person interested in what I want to do, how I want to do it, why it’s important to me. So either they collapse and they just give up, or they just go off and do it on their own. Now we go bumbling along a few more years, and now partner number 2 all of a sudden has something change in their life. They’re tired of being controlled, manipulated, cajoled, whatever, educated about money. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:12:28]: 

They want to feel more empowered. They get interested in money, they start learning. And this is where we’re talking, Linzy, like you got people that are like coming into your program, they’re getting interested, like, I’m going to learn on my business. And they start to feel a sense of mastery. But then they start to realize, oh God, if I’m in partnership with somebody else or I have kids, Now I’ve got to navigate them. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:49]: 

Yes. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:12:50]: 

What do I do? And that’s where that crossover into my work shows up. It’s like, how do we get the relationship? So if you haven’t been the financially interested partner, and you had a partner that was, but now you’ve become disconnected over the years, now you’ve got a re-engagement problem too. How do you take responsibility and acknowledgement for not being an active participant for so many years? Because that does matter. And how do we rebuild trust and connection and collaboration so that we can do this together and have a shared language, right? So those are really hard questions fully to answer. But I do think it starts from a place of self-awareness and acknowledgement that you may have unintentionally created some harm and pain. That’s only your side of the road. Your partner likely did some things too that were not great. So they’re not off the hook. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:13:40]: 

But you can only take responsibility for what you did and what you contributed. And so that’s where I would say you probably want to start, is being able to go and say, hey, I’m realizing through my own money work how important money was to you for such a period of time, and you couldn’t get me interested. And I’d like to revisit and see if we can start building mutual interest, mutual compatibility around what we’re doing in our shared financial life, because it’s unavoidable. Our lives are intertwined with our partners, which means our financial life is intertwined. What you do or don’t do with money has a direct impact on me. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:17]: 

There’s so much there, you know, as I’m thinking about it, because I’m thinking too, sometimes I think we, we think that trying to work on money is a good in itself, and it is good in itself because it’s important, right? As you say, it’s unavoidable. It’s just like trying to improve your relationship with food or exercise or sleep. Like, these things are— we, yeah, we need all of these things, right? They’re, they’re all non-negotiables that are part of our lives. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:14:40]: 

They’re all part of the human experience. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:42]: 

That’s it. But, you know, I think the— what you were talking about at the beginning of the— it’s the energy, the two that goes with that, that really kind of like taints the experience or colors the experience. So if you have one partner who really is wanting to work on money, but they’re coming to that also with a lot of like anxiety, maybe rigidity, you know, like sometimes I’ll work with folks who, you know, them or their partner really got into like Dave Ramsey and like these kinds of like money formulas that can be very like strict, you know, so that energy comes in. That’s a really important part of what’s happening there with that couple, right? Because it’s not just the, the content that they’re trying to work on, but it’s, it’s the how that is kind of shaping it. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:15:21]: 

Yes, 100%. And I think that that’s a really big deal. And I think the energy I’m feeling around this, Linzy, is like I’ve painted this picture of like kind of opposites attract around money. So that’s one couple caricature. The other one is like, I get several stories where couples started out together on the same page and working collaboratively. But what happens is, because we’re learning about how money works in the economic system, like, our view of options and opportunity starts to open and expand. And so, you know, when we have one model and this is the one way to do it and we both share that, it makes life pretty easy. But if you grow and one person becomes an entrepreneur and the other person starts to learn about trading stocks and options and cryptocurrency and this person is wanting to go that direction, this person is wanting to grow their business. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:16:08]: 

Now, they’re absorbing information from different sources about what to do and what’s good or right, but no way to coordinate across those two different money outlooks. Real estate investing is another area that I come up against a lot. So, it’s investing, real estate investing, business ownership. These are different categories and big ecosystems of knowledge and outlooks on what to do with money. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:33]: 

Yes, yes. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:16:34]: 

But they don’t play nicely with each other necessarily. They’re often actually adversarial. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:39]: 

Yeah, I was thinking large philosophical differences between some of these kind of like subareas of money, maybe. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:16:48]: 

Yeah, subcultures. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:49]: 

Yeah, or strategies. Yeah, can, can be wildly divergent in terms of what they think is important What I sometimes see too is as you really get into something like, I don’t know if, if your partner or you get into real estate or crypto or whatever, there can sometimes be, as you said, this adversarial messaging you get of like, well, this other way is dumb. This is the right way. And I’ve seen that before of like, well, you know, investing monthly is dumb. Instead, you should do this. And it’s like, well, actually all of these strategies have their own benefits based on, on your own values and risk tolerance and, you know, all these pieces. But yeah, there, I think also as we’re being taught these things by people who are maybe more influencers than experts, you’re not going to get a really thoughtful perspective on these things. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:17:38]: 

Yeah, and I think that’s part of our money maturation, right, is being able to hold our own money view and engage with multiple different money views within the world. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:50]: 

Yeah. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:17:51]: 

And hold our own center while allowing our center to shift if necessary. Right. And so I think about, as therapists, we have— therapists have a collective view of money. Like, there’s some pretty common themes in the way that we think about and organize around money. And then they come to your course and you’re offering them another view that I would argue is probably more productive for most. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:12]: 

Oh, thank you so much. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:18:14]: 

Right. That’s why I’m honored to be here, right? Is, you know, like, if I didn’t like what you stood for, I’d be like, no, thanks for the invite. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:21]: 

I’m busy forever. Yeah. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:18:23]: 

Yeah, you know, my ego is strong enough that I don’t just need to be on every podcast. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:27]: 

Yes, same, same. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:18:28]: 

Just most of them. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:29]: 

Just kidding. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:18:32]: 

Um, but you know, listeners, like, it’s easy for me to sit here and pontificate about a lot of this stuff, but what I want you to know is that it’s been years and years of personal exploration and thinking and reflecting about all these things. And so these conclusions that I’m sharing today didn’t just show up in my brain. They’ve been being cultivated intentionally for a long time. And I think that this is one of those pieces too, where in coupleship, you might have someone on the path to money mastery, and somebody else is like, they want to remain a money novice. And how do you hold that tension? And will it be a point at which you have to separate or not? And that’s a, a difficult place of decision. And part of the way I see that showing up is one partner starts to get really more focused on building success in their business and growing and going. And where they may have had relative parity in what they could contribute, now it’s grown and there’s significant difference in what can be contributed. And boy, the resentment and frustration can really start showing up. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:19:41]: 

And so like the unintended consequence of creating more success is now you have to navigate inequality in the relationship and what can be contributed financially especially. And as much as we might like to see ourselves as altruistic and capable of managing financial inequality in a relationship, it’s much harder to do. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:00]: 

Yes. And I do see this come up often with therapists actually, because If folks do end up going down that path where they really own a niche and, for American therapists, decide to start charging private pay, move into higher fees, you can make a lot of money as a therapist, which is something that might seem strange to people who are not having that experience. But I will tell you, the spectrum of what we can make as therapists is huge. So I do see this with couples often where, yeah, they might have started on a similar page. Maybe one is an artist. One is a therapist. That’s a common pairing that I see. And then, yeah, the therapist starts to be able to earn a lot more than they ever imagined they could, but the artist is still in artist-earning land, and those are different places. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:20:50]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:50]: 

And so, yeah, that resentfulness I do see as something that therapists often have to navigate in relationship. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:20:59]: 

When you— I’m hearkening back to one of your more recent episodes where you talked about growth and change and circles of influence and listening to that and just feeling like that’s so spot on. And this is what’s challenging is I think it’s hard to migrate or change your social circle that’s not familial. But most of us take our marriage bonds very seriously. And so the idea of changing that because our outlook on money has changed feels really like in conflict with our deeply held values about the importance of our marriage and long-term committed relationship. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:38]: 

Yes. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:21:39]: 

Whereas I think there’s more flexibility on like, okay, yeah, I can see and allow friendships to evolve and fade and change. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:45]: 

Yeah, that’s so true. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:21:47]: 

But do we want to break up our marriage because now I’m making 5 times, 10 times what you’re making? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:52]: 

Yes. Yeah, they’re huge questions. And I think going back to what you said at the beginning, something that I think is so important and also so tempting to avoid is, yeah, how are you actually feeling? Right? Like, what is your actual relationship with this situation? In this example that we give, if there’s become a huge disparity between earnings, how do you actually feel about that? Not how do you want to feel, not how does your very best self feel, who can see the value of these different contributions and You know, I’ve had a couple of podcast episodes recently about breadwinning, right? About being a breadwinner and like, what is the difference between being a breadwinner where that really like lights you up, but there’s like equity in other ways in the relationship. There’s a difference between that and like being the breadwinner and also the primary parent and also the household manager and also the this and this and this where you’re, you know, contributing at 85 and your partner’s showing up at a 20. Those are different situations, right? But really actually owning how you feel rather than telling yourself how you want to feel. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:22:56]: 

Yes, I think that’s— that is a really— and it’s, it’s a hard place to sit with because there’s some dissonance there. And yet we know as therapists, when you sit with this, when you have the dissonance, it comes out. It does, sometimes directly and sometimes indirectly. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:10]: 

I was going to say often sideways. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:23:12]: 

Often sideways, right? And so like sexual withdrawal can be a really big factor that shows up when there’s financial dysfunction and incompatibility. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:23]: 

Yes. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:23:23]: 

And so like what money represents and means to us matters a lot. And how do we continue to honor that? And I think it’s, for me at least, the easy answer, the shortcut answer is beneath all of this, we’re still humans. We still have a fundamental need to be heard, known, valued, understood. And so if we can keep coming back to that, I think it softens a lot of that experience. But it’s so easy as humans to become judgmental, critical, envious of what our partners are doing, or resentful of what they’re not doing. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:59]: 

Blaming. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:24:00]: 

Yeah, blaming. That it overshadows the positive attributes that are still there. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:06]: 

Yeah. And I think that goes back to your, your point number 1, which, as we joked, we both love listicles. We do not love listicles. It’s a joke. But, you know, point number 1, uh, financial intimacy. Right, continuing to show up in these conversations with honesty and care. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:24:23]: 

Yeah, and really kind of, right, it sets a different expectation, right? I think language sets expectation and experience. And so that word combination is not one that’s widely used, and yet I think it, for me, is the word combination that is the most powerful and most inspiring. And so in that, that is a therapeutic exercise, is for you to explore what does that word combination evoke within you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:48]: 

Yeah, yeah. I was trying to think of a parallel word combination. This really shows that I’m a parent of a 7-year-old, but I was like, what would be a similar word combination to financial intimacy? And I’m like, nutritious cotton candy. That’s like how much I feel like those words, you know, fit together. So, so some new concepts to, to marry together that maybe you’ve never experienced side by side before. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:25:13]: 

Well, and I think I love that you bring that up is because And I think that’s really what I would hope each listener would take from this is what comes up for me, right, is what I want it to do financially, just me, is inspire and motivate couples. But what it can do is actually almost unintentionally be like, that’s what, that’s just not even possible, right? And that just to me says, where are we at in the stages of change? And you may be in a place today where you feel so disheartened, so beat down, so alienated, so alone, that hearing the words financial intimacy just feels like another brick on the coffin. And so if you’re hearing it that way, please back— let’s backpedal this. Let’s find a softer way into just small breaths of hope that can fan a little flame and get some kindling going for you. Because my intention is never for things to be overwhelming. I want them to be inspiring. And yet I realize depending on where you’re at in your emotional journey with this, emotional intimacy can feel like I’m getting back into the gym lifting weights, and it can feel like 45-pound plates stacked up on the bench press. Like, I can’t do it. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:28]: 

Yes. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:26:30]: 

Like, I can’t even do a push-up on my knees. Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. So like, let’s start with baby steps. And so maybe the baby step is just awareness and acknowledgment. We’re not connecting around our finances. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:43]: 

Yeah. And I loved that exercise you encouraged folks to do earlier in this conversation of noticing, yeah, what are the words that describe what was modeled to you as well? Right? Because for me, even just thinking about my own words that came up, I’m like, oh, that’s— those are some really interesting starting places for even just conversations with my partner around as much as we’re doing so many things well in this area. When I think about the modeling that I’ve had, and if I think about the words to describe our own conversations, like, yeah, what are those emotional words that name the tone, right? Like starting to name where you actually are. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:27:15]: 

Yeah, the way I think about it is, you know, if— and last night I thought about it. I mean, I live in this world. This is where my thoughts swim all the time. But last night, my wife and I, we had dinner with the kids. They each kind of disappeared from the dinner table. But she runs her own dental practice. She’s actively working on a remodel decision for the practice. And so she’s, you know, wanting to keep me up to date, also get my input, talk about it. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:27:40]: 

And so we’re talking through this, and one of my kids is just in the other room watching TV. And it’s funny because I said, hey, Zane, can you turn the TV down so Mom and I can talk? And he’s like, yeah. One minute later, he’s like, hey, can you guys talk a little softer so I can hear my show? And it wasn’t because we were yelling and screaming. We were actually having a very calm, regular— we were just normal conversational tone. But what I thought about after that conversation is like, what would my child say about how my wife and I were treating each other as we moved through this conversation? Was dad being open, curious, loving, kind, thoughtful? Was mom being respectful, all those same things in return? I certainly would hope so, and I think so, but that’s that modeling, that’s that informal teaching about how we hold each other’s ideas and experiences, knowing And really come to a deep acceptance. We’re different people. We’re going to see the same problem differently. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:38]: 

Yeah, but they’re paying attention. The kids pick up what’s actually happening, not what we want to be happening. 100%. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:28:44]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:44]: 

100%. Thank you, Ed. I feel like we could, you know, this could be another 10 hours, this conversation. But, you know, we do need to finish at some point. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:28:56]: 

Well, I think it’s just an opening or an ongoing, right? I mean, I feel grateful that you’ve invited me back, and hopefully we’ll have a chance to have another episode. Hey, yo, down the road. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:07]: 

I would love to. I would love to. And for folks who are listening who want to get further into your world, where can they find you? 

  

Ed Coambs [00:29:13]: 

Yeah, the easiest place is to go to healthyloveandmoney.com. From there, you’ll find a podcast that I have, an active blog that I write. I offer professional services around financial therapy and couples, as well as financial planning and investment management for couples. And so when couples are trying to navigate this intersection of kind of what do we do technically How much money should we be saving? How are we on the right track? I can answer those questions right alongside. It doesn’t feel good when we talk about money, and I use those planning conversations as an opportunity to go through some of the exercises and many more. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:51]: 

I love it. I, uh, so excited for folks to have the opportunity, Americans who have the opportunity to work with you. So Americans, if you are looking for access to financial expertise that also is emotionally intelligent, like, what a gift. You should check out Ed and his team. Thank you so much for joining me today, Ed. 

  

Ed Coambs [00:30:08]: 

Thanks, Linzy. Appreciate all the work you’re doing in the world as well. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:11]: 

Thank you. I really appreciate Ed bringing his insights and experiences today about working with couples around money. I think that so often when it comes to money or areas where we don’t feel confident or skilled, it’s tempting to want to get, you know, as Ed and I were talking about, that listicle, the like, first do this, then do this, then do this. Relationships are complicated though. You are bringing two different people with their own mix of stuff coming into dynamic together. And I just really appreciate Ed’s nuance and thoughtfulness about that. And about building up your skills in terms of being able to be with where you really are financially, being able to start to open up to being open with your partner with kindness and curiosity in conversations around money. And that is not necessarily going to be a quick fix, right? There’s so much complexity in human relationships, but by actually starting to name where you are, being honest with yourself, being honest with your partner, working to act in ways that are respectful and kind in those hard relationships. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:31]: 

There’s just such richness there and such opportunity to actually get on page around money, right? And, and create clarity in your relationship around money and hopefully be able to actually set a plan together about what matters to you as a couple and being able to compromise and plan for things and, and make sure both of your needs are being met through money in your relationship. So, so much opportunity there. So appreciative of Ed, and, uh, definitely check out his podcast, his services, his team. He also has a book which he didn’t mention. Just a lot of knowledge there about relationships and money. So appreciate Ed joining us today. Thank you so much for joining me today as well. I am Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and the creator of Money’s Skills for Therapists. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:32:16]: 

If you are ready to go from money confusion and fear to feeling clear and empowered in your finances, my free on-demand masterclass is the best place for you to start. You’re going to learn my 4-step framework to get your private practice finances working for you. Register today using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. I look forward to supporting you. 

 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved

201: Building a Sellable Therapy Practice: Money, Mindset, and Options

201: Building a Sellable Therapy Practice: Money, Mindset, and Options

For many private therapy practices, the end-of-the-road often looks like quietly closing the door, but it can be quite exciting to entertain the idea of selling your practice one day.  

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life.  

We discuss the emotional blocks therapists face around identity and money, the practical systems that make a business transferable, and how shifting into a CEO mindset can turn your practice into a true asset rather than a job you can never leave. 

“You can be a compassionate, heart-centered therapist and a strategic practice owner at the same time.” — Liane Wood 

The idea of selling a private practice can bring up feelings of grief, guilt, or fear for many therapists—especially when the business feels deeply personal. And if that’s the case for you, I encourage you to tune into this episode to learn how separating who you are from what you own allows your practice to become less stressful, and more profitable and resilient.  

From Therapist Identity to Business Asset: Key Conversations from This Episode

Even if you’re years away from selling your practice, or it’s not even on your radar, making these shifts now creates options for your future: stepping back, delegating, taking real time off, or eventually passing your legacy on to someone aligned. 

(00:04:57) Therapist Identity vs. Business Ownership 

(00:07:37) Emotional Resistance to Selling or Stepping Away 

(00:14:58) What Actually Makes a Therapy Practice Attractive to Buyers 

(00:16:17) Why Systems, Branding, and Diversification Matter 

(00:24:18) How CEO-level Money Habits Change Everything 

Why Making Your Practice Sellable Changes Everything (Even If You Never Sell)

One of my favorite takeaways from this conversation is this: building a sellable practice isn’t about exiting—it’s about creating options. When your business has clean finances, clear systems, diversified revenue, and a brand that isn’t dependent on you alone, everything feels lighter. You’re no longer trapped inside your own practice. Instead, you’re running a business that can support you, your clients, and potentially future owners long after you choose to reduce your personal hours or take a step back. 

Practical Takeaways for Therapists Thinking About the Long Game

  • You are a business owner who practices therapy inside a container you’ve built. You are not the container itself. 
  • Track numbers regularly, separate personal and business finances, and pay yourself intentionally. 
  • Diversifying your income through group therapy, supervision, digital products, or associate teams increases the business’s sustainability and transferability. 
  • Implementing systems that include SOPs, clear workflows, and organizational branding ensures anyone can step into a role. 
  • A sellable practice gives you freedom—whether you sell, step back, or keep running the business forever. 

Building a practice that can be sold doesn’t mean you’re planning to leave—it means you’re honoring your future self. My hope is that this episode helps you see your work not just as meaningful, but also as valuable in a way that supports longevity, choice, and peace of mind. 

Get to know Liane Wood:

Liane Wood is the CEO of Build Your Private Practice Inc., where they’ve been helping mental health practitioners launch, grow, and scale thriving private practices since 2016. As a registered psychotherapist in Ontario, Canada, she is passionate about empowering therapists to build the private practices of their dreams while achieving both client care excellence and business success. 

Book a 60-minute Private Practice Strategy Call with Liane to map out a personalized growth plan for your practice—whether you want to scale, step back, or eventually sell. You can book at https://calendly.com/liane-lo0/strategy-session 

Website: https://www.buildyourprivatepractice.ca 

Email: info@buildyourprivatepractice.ca  

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/buildyourprivatepractice 

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/byppinc 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

Linzy Bonham [00:00:01]: 

Hello and welcome back to the podcast. Today’s guest is Leanne Wood. Leanne is a returning guest and she is the owner of Build you’d Private Practice. And today, Leanne and I get into selling your private practice. We talk about some of the emotional blocks that get in the way of thinking that you can sell your practice, which you might be noticing coming up for you right now as you’re listening. Like selling your practice. How is that even possible when you know as a therapist, we are our practice? When get into talking about that, the emotional blocks that get in the way of thinking about selling our practice. We talk about the money habits to put in place, whether or not you’re going to sell your private practice, but certainly that need to be in place if you’re ever going to sell down the road. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:00:41]: 

And we talk about the benefits of setting up a business that is sellable. And part of the conversation today is talking about how you could actually sell a private practice, but also just the benefits of having a practice that is sellable itself, what makes a business sellable and how that is beneficial to us in business, regardless of whether or not we actually go on to sell. Very excited about this conversation with Leanne today. Coming at a very salient time for me where it just seems like lots of folks around me are selling businesses and I’m talking to my own students about selling businesses. Here is my conversation with Leanne Wood. Welcome to Money Skills for Therapists, the podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm clarity and confidence with their finances. If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:43]: 

Before we jump in, check out my free on demand masterclass. You’ll find the link in the show notes or@moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. Let’s get started. So, Leanne, welcome back to the podcast. 

  

Liane Wood [00:02:03]: 

Thanks for having me. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:04]: 

Yeah, I am excited to have you back and I’m really excited for what we’re going to chat about today. The topic of selling your practice has been coming up in my world a lot more lately. Like, I’m finding I’m having more students, especially my group practice students who, when we’re working through the finances, there’s also this question of, like, could they sell this if they wanted to Sell this. What would they even do? Like the idea that maybe this is something that actually could be passed on and isn’t just like theirs. I’m starting to notice around, and I also have a couple friends who’ve sold their businesses recently, which has been interesting to see them go through the process. So very, very salient for what’s happening in our universe right now. So I want to start by talking about, you know, what tends to get in the way for therapists, because this to me actually feels like a newer conversation that I’m having with people When I got into this space. 2018 is when I first started teaching. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:57]: 

I didn’t really hear people talking about selling therapy practices, but I think it’s kind of coming into our consciousness now. So I’m curious, like, what do you notice are some of the roadblocks that people have to selling their practice? And maybe what has kept us from thinking about selling our practices is in the past. And how can they start to like, shift towards maybe thinking that they’re actually building something they could sell? 

  

Liane Wood [00:03:20]: 

Right. It’s such a powerful question. Right. And I think it really taps into the emotional side of money and your practice. And it’s so often overlooked, I think, especially in helping professions. And one of the, I think the biggest roadblocks that I see is an identity attachment because so many therapists are their practice. Right. Their name is their brand. 

  

Liane Wood [00:03:48]: 

Yeah. The name of their practice is their name. Right. So they are the ones that clients want to see and their entire practice revolves around them. And that makes the idea of selling a practice feel impossible or even disloyal to their clients. Yeah. Right. So, but there needs to be kind of a mindset shift because I, I believe that you can be a compassionate, heart centered therapist and a strategic practice owner at the same time. 

  

Liane Wood [00:04:21]: 

They’re not mutually exclusive. Building a practice that can thrive without you is an act of care for your future self, especially for your clients and for whoever carries the torch next. And so I think the shift really begins with recognizing that this, this practice is an asset that I’m building. It’s not just about me. It’s about the systems, the value I create, and the people I serve. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:51]: 

Yes. 

  

Liane Wood [00:04:52]: 

I really think that that shift is foundational, whether you sell your practice or you don’t. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:57]: 

Right. Like that’s an important shift, no matter what, for folks listening. Because that identity piece, I find is so powerful as therapists. Like for so many years I felt like I was a therapist and I go to a party and then I was A therapist at a party, which is like, not, by the way, never be a therapist at a party, but it can become such a core identity for us. And so it’s like the business is where I. Where I am a therapist. But what I’m hearing from you is we need to think about our, our businesses more as, like, I own this business. This is a therapy practice that I practice within. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:29]: 

But there you’re building like a container for that work to be done. Is that. Yeah. Is that a fair summary? 

  

Liane Wood [00:05:35]: 

Yeah. Yeah, you’re right there. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:37]: 

And you know, I’m hearing you talk about systems, and this is something that I think talk about with my students when we’re thinking about selling things. You’re talking about building out systems. What else is helpful for folks to think about when they’re, when they’re really sinking into the fact that, like, you are not the business? Like, what is the business then? 

  

Liane Wood [00:05:54]: 

Right. That. That becomes. That’s. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:56]: 

Yeah. 

  

Liane Wood [00:05:56]: 

That’s a million dollar question. Right. What is this thing that I’m. That I’m building? And I think you actually said it really well just a moment ago, you know, when you said, you know, I’m a therapist, but when I’m at a party, I’m a therapist at a party, where recognizing that I’m a business owner, I own a therapy practice and I work as a therapist inside that practice. Right. And so really starting to mentally. Right. Separate those two there. 

  

Liane Wood [00:06:25]: 

I have a practice and I’m a therapist. And I’m a therapist who works inside this practice. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:32]: 

Right. 

  

Liane Wood [00:06:32]: 

Yes. But, you know, really being able to distinguish the practice as separate from you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:39]: 

Yeah. This is something that you’ve built. And another framing that I hear on this sometimes that I’m thinking back to a conversation I had years ago on this podcast with Joe Sanic that sometimes too, our business were like, my business is my baby. Like, we have this real, like, kind of like gentle, tender ownership of it. But he was like, don’t think of your business as your baby because you might have to kill it. 

  

Liane Wood [00:06:57]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:57]: 

So it’s like, also, I think the ways that we can really, like, develop these really emotionally enmeshed relationships. 

  

Liane Wood [00:07:03]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:03]: 

With our business. Yeah. Makes it hard to imagine that there is actually something here that could exist without you, but you are building something that has a structure to it and an ethos and a brand and a spirit and that somebody else could actually step into. 

  

Liane Wood [00:07:18]: 

Absolutely. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:20]: 

So for folks who are listening then, like, what kind of practical money habits can they start putting in place if they’re Thinking about selling their practice or even if they’re not, or even if they might sell it in years, or what should they be doing financially to be able to maybe sell down the road? 

  

Liane Wood [00:07:37]: 

Well, I think it starts with recognizing that great practices aren’t built overnight and neither are sellable ones. And so thinking about this ahead of time, because even if selling isn’t on your radar yet. Right. Creating solid financial habits now sets you up for more freedom and fewer headaches later. And so the first thing I would say is track your numbers. Right. So that means knowing what your monthly revenue expenses and profit are not just at tax time, but regularly. Right. 

  

Liane Wood [00:08:13]: 

Because if you can’t easily pull a profit loss report or explain your revenue streams to a potential buyer, that’s a red flag. Yeah. And then secondly, it’s really important to separate your personal and your business finances. There’s way too many therapists who have it all combined. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:32]: 

I know, I know. 

  

Liane Wood [00:08:34]: 

And so, you know, have a proper business bank account. Pay yourself a consistent salary from that business bank account. Yes. Right. Set aside funds for taxes and reinvestment. It’s really, it’s not just about being organized with your finances. It’s really also about stepping into the CEO role of, of your practice. And then the last thing or the third thing I would say is to start diversifying your revenue in your practice. 

  

Liane Wood [00:09:04]: 

Right. So that it’s not just one to one therapy, and you’re the only one providing therapy. Right. There’s so many ways that you can diversify your revenue streams. Whether it’s doing things like adding clinical supervision, doing group therapy or therapy intensives, creating digital products, or building an associate team. And I’m sure there’s more, but in this moment, those are the ones that are jumping to my mind. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:28]: 

Right, but those are good ones. 

  

Liane Wood [00:09:29]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:29]: 

Right. 

  

Liane Wood [00:09:29]: 

Like the more that your practice revenue isn’t tied only to your time in client sessions, the more attractive and the more sustainable your practice becomes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:41]: 

Right. 

  

Liane Wood [00:09:41]: 

And I think we really learned the, you know, the sustainable part through the pandemic. Guilty. Because before the pandemic, my practice relied on one to one therapy sessions happening with me. Right. And when the pandemic hit, and my practice was all in person as well, you know, I couldn’t do in person and there were no other revenue streams coming into my practice. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:01]: 

Yes. 

  

Liane Wood [00:10:01]: 

Right. And so even from a sustainability perspective, having, you know, diversification in your revenue streams in your practice is a wise move, whether you’re selling or not. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:12]: 

Yeah. I mean, it’s the sustainability piece. Like sustainability is a Word that I’ve started using a lot in the last couple years because the work can really be unsustainable too. You know, sometimes a business that looks great on paper, it’s like, oh, wow, this is a, you know, a solo practice and they’re bringing in $300,000 a year and like, wow, look how much money they’re making. But the work that it takes to actually generate that through purely one on one sessions. Also somebody else is probably not going to want to actually do that work, which makes it a not very attractive business to sell. Right. If you’re like, yeah, yeah, I make a ton of money. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:45]: 

So I see 30 clients a week doing intensive trauma work and work back to back to back to back to back. Right. Like, that’s another interesting thing to think about when we think about our businesses is if somebody was gonna consider buying it from you, like, what job are they considering for themselves? Right. Or that they’re gonna hire somebody else into if, if they’re investing in the business. And is it actually a job that would be appealing to like literally anybody but you? Right, yeah, because it’s, it’s easy to build a business that’s really unsustainable. And another thing too that, you know, I think about when you talk about tracking the numbers, is tracking the numbers lets you see, like, is there actually profitability in this business? 

  

Liane Wood [00:11:22]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:23]: 

Right. Because from your experience and knowledge, like, what do buyers tend to be looking for? Like, what do folks find attractive when they’re looking to buy somebody else’s practice? 

  

Liane Wood [00:11:34]: 

Really great question. Right. I think first of all, they’re looking for potential. Like what’s the potential of this business or this practice that I’m looking at, is it profitable? Right. And it doesn’t have to be outrageously profitable for a buyer to consider it, but it does need to be making a profit and it does need to look like it’s sustainable if the present owner is there or not. You know, they’re looking at profitability and potential, but they’re also looking at can this carry forward without the present owner being involved. Like, can it survive? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:09]: 

Yes. 

  

Liane Wood [00:12:10]: 

And so I think, you know, those would be the top three things that I would say potential buyers are looking for is the potential, the profit, and whether, you know, this can continue with a change of ownership. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:22]: 

Right? Yes. And that, that last piece that you mentioned, you know, can it continue? I’m assuming diversification would be one of the things that would help your practice continue to be sustainable without you. 

  

Liane Wood [00:12:33]: 

Absolutely. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:33]: 

What, what else helps to make a business Sustainable when the main person is stepped out. Like, if I’m, if I’m Linzy Bonham, mswrsw, which used to be my, my designation and I have my therapy practice, what can I do to make it so that it could go on without me? You know, when, when, as we talked about earlier, I’ve really, I’ve built the brand. The brand is my name. You know, my clients love me. They love the way that I work. For folks listening, like, yeah, what can you start to do to make it so that it is something that exists and can be sustained without your special traits? Like, you know, we all have our own special mix of stuff that, that makes us the therapists we are. 

  

Liane Wood [00:13:11]: 

Yeah. I think a big part of it is your marketing. Right. Because if I step out of my practice, what happens to referrals? What happens to. Right. Like, are they, are they being referred to me personally or, you know, like, does that just dry up? Like, what’s your relationship like with your people who refer to your practice? Right, right. And so, you know, I, when I say relationship, yes. I’m talking about, you know, the personal connections that you have made in your practice to have referrals coming into your practice. 

  

Liane Wood [00:13:42]: 

And so looking at you as a practice owner, looking at, okay, if I was to step away from my practice, how could I transition my existing referral network. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:13:52]: 

Right. 

  

Liane Wood [00:13:52]: 

To a new owner and would that be possible? How could I make sure that that is still successful? Also, you know, looking at, I mean, easier thing to transfer is if you have successful paid advertising happening. Right. And then, you know, that’s, you’ve already got, you’ve already worked out all the kinks to get that paid advertising, generating a really positive roas return on ad spend. Just if we don’t know what ROAS is. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:16]: 

Yeah, good translating. Yeah. 

  

Liane Wood [00:14:19]: 

You know, making sure that there’s a positive ROAS happening and that with a couple of tweaks because of new ownership or whatever, that those ad campaigns can absolutely continue. So I think, you know, a big part of it is, you know, if I step out of the practice because I’m selling or I’m retiring or whatever and it’s going to continue on, are the referrals going to keep coming in? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:40]: 

Yeah. Right. So if my whole referral network are, you know, my friends who I did my MSW with. 

  

Liane Wood [00:14:45]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:45]: 

Probably not going to be great for the next person stepping in who does not have those relationships, like, I’m not really going to be able to transfer that trust fully because that’s a very kind of Individual and personal referral network there. 

  

Liane Wood [00:14:57]: 

Exactly. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:58]: 

Yeah. Okay, so I’m hearing then that those more, maybe broader reaching marketing strategies, like having ads that are working or I think also, you know, I’m thinking too about maybe the benefits of having a practice that has. Has a name that’s not your name. So the practice name is known. Yeah. Can we talk about that for a bit? Because I think for a lot of us, the default is that our business is just our. Our name. I do see many students, if I think about in my money skills for therapists, where it’s solo practitioners, many folks do also have a business name. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:28]: 

But can we talk about the, you know, having your name as your business versus having a business name? How. How important or how much of a difference do you think it makes if you’re thinking about selling? 

  

Liane Wood [00:15:37]: 

Well, if you’re thinking about selling, it makes a lot of difference. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:40]: 

Right? 

  

Liane Wood [00:15:40]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:41]: 

Change it today. 

  

Liane Wood [00:15:42]: 

Right. And I think, you know what, as soon as you said that, what started rolling through my brain is I watched a little while ago the Martha Stewart story on Netflix. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:51]: 

Okay, yes. 

  

Liane Wood [00:15:52]: 

You know, because her whole brand is her name. Yeah, right. Then her company went public, and now all of a sudden, she doesn’t own it. But it’s still her name being out there. And even though she’s not liking the direction it’s going, it’s still her name on it. And so I would encourage you, you know, I don’t think we’re all Martha Stewart’s. You know, where our name. Oh, yeah, I know my name is not as valuable. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:13]: 

Oh, okay. 

  

Liane Wood [00:16:14]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:14]: 

Yeah, yeah. Maybe one day we’ll be there. Yeah, maybe. 

  

Liane Wood [00:16:17]: 

But it’s not today. But, you know, just kind of looking at like, does somebody want to buy Leanne Wood Therapy? No, probably not, because it’s too tied to me. And do I want to sell Leanne Wood Therapy and have no idea what the new owner is going to do to my personal name? Yes, yes, yes. Also be a business name. And so from the aspect of, you know, if you are looking at creating your practice in a way that you can sell it, I do not recommend using your personal name at all. You want something that somebody else is going to feel comfortable stepping into and, you know, the name is not tied to an individual person. Again, that also ties into the sustainability. Right. 

  

Liane Wood [00:17:00]: 

Like, who wants to come to Leanne Wood Therapy when Leanne Wood isn’t there? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:04]: 

Yes. It’s a little confusing. If folks contact, they’re like, okay, so can I work with Leanne? They’re like, oh, no, Leanne hasn’t been here for years. 

  

Liane Wood [00:17:10]: 

Years. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:11]: 

Yeah. Yeah. Interesting. And it makes me think too about how law firms will change their names depending on partners too, you know, like, and then you’ll have these, these names that kind of rotate a little bit. 

  

Liane Wood [00:17:21]: 

And it’s okay, right? Like looking at the law firms that do that. Right. It’s okay to rebrand, to change the name, right? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:27]: 

Yes. 

  

Liane Wood [00:17:28]: 

And so you could do that through an acquisition. Like, you know, if you sold your practice and the person who acquired it changed the name, you could do that. What I’m going to suggest is that, you know, you also need to think about how much change you’re putting your clients through. Right. And so, you know, a name change and a change of ownership, those are two changes at the same time. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:51]: 

Right. It’s like, is it even the same thing anymore? 

  

Liane Wood [00:17:53]: 

Is it the same thing? Right. Whereas if you have a name that is easily transferable and you know, it’s just, it’s like, okay, it’s still, you know, ABC Therapy. There’s just a new person at the helm. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:04]: 

Yes, right. And which is funny because everything else could be the same, you know, in terms of like, the systems that are built would still be transferred. But yeah, there is something really powerful about that, that name, continuity. So it’s like, oh, yeah, I used to see this person, ABC Therapy, and then they sold and now I’m still at ABC Therapy, but I see this other person. Even though it’s just a name, it does mean something. Again, it’s almost like the container you’re identifying, that you’ve stayed in the same container even if the person offering services has changed. 

  

Liane Wood [00:18:34]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:35]: 

So what do you see as some of the financial and lifestyle benefits of building a practice that is, that is sellable? Even if you don’t plan to sell, why do you really advocate that folks should be thinking about making a business that is actually sellable? What is helpful about that? 

  

Liane Wood [00:18:51]: 

Oh, I love this question. Because preparing your practice to sell isn’t just about selling. Right. I think it’s really about creating options for yourself. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:02]: 

Right. 

  

Liane Wood [00:19:03]: 

Because even if you never list your practice for sale, the act of making it sellable makes your practice more profitable, more sustainable and more enjoyable to run. Yes. From a financial standpoint, a sellable practice tends to have more stable revenue, cleaner systems and multiple revenue streams, all of which increase the day to day profitability. And then, you know, from a lifestyle perspective, it gives you freedom. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:33]: 

Right. 

  

Liane Wood [00:19:33]: 

Freedom to step back when you need to, to take a vacation and know that things aren’t going to fall apart or you’re not going to like have zero income. It allows you to build a team or to delegate without constant micromanaging. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:47]: 

Yes. 

  

Liane Wood [00:19:47]: 

And that’s the type of results that I help people create inside our scale your practice program. So the real benefit here is peace of mind. Right. Because you’re building something that can grow with you. It’ll support you and eventually be passed on or sold when you decide. And that’s really financial empowerment. And I think that’s what every therapist deserves. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:08]: 

Absolutely. And I think that idea that you can sell your practice to, I personally find that quite exciting because often with therapy and other service based businesses, the road is like you kind of get to the end of the road and then you just kind of close the door, which I’m sure can be beautiful too in its own way. Sometimes you’re like, okay, we’re wrapping up an era, but being able to actually see where what you built continue to serve people and maybe serve the same folks that you were serving. Right. Because if you also find someone, a buyer who’s a great fit and still everything else about the practice is the same and like, you know, the buyer is values aligned. Yeah. There’s that continued legacy there of your business is still serving the community even though you’re not running it anymore, which is really powerful. 

  

Liane Wood [00:20:52]: 

It is, it is. And I, you know, I think often too about just how much time, energy and effort it takes to build a thriving therapy practice. And it makes my heart sad when I see therapists, you know, just, just close their doors. I’m like that, you know, how much work it takes, how much time and effort it takes to make that thriving practice. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:14]: 

Yeah. 

  

Liane Wood [00:21:14]: 

And we’re just closing the doors, understanding that there are other therapists out there who don’t want to do all that work to create a practice from scratch and to start from scratch and will gladly, you know, come up with financial arrangements to acquire a practice that is already thriving that they can step into and be making money from day one. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:36]: 

Yes. 

  

Liane Wood [00:21:37]: 

There’s so many creative ways to finance and structure a deal for an acquisition that, you know, doesn’t put you in such financial hardship that like, it’s really workable. So, and then as a seller, you just need to be flexible. Right. In terms of like what payment can look like, what, you know, how it might be structured and those types of things. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:57]: 

And I find too with selling, what I’ve observed from, from having actually a few friends, if I think about it, selling businesses recently is I feel like there there’s kind of a formal market for selling businesses and that’s where for probably like larger businesses that are like, you know, 2 million plus kind of more that range where maybe you’re working with a broker, it’s all very formalized. You get like a formal audit done. Your EBITDA is calculated, which is like the profitability of the business, you know, and then that is circulated to people who are already looking to buy businesses. Like, there is this formal market for selling. Then there’s also the market of just like there is a colleague in the community that you love and you’re ready to close the doors and they’re thriving and would love to step into that practice. And usually that, you know, that second type of sale is much less lucrative. 

  

Liane Wood [00:22:43]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:22:43]: 

Like, they’re probably not going to pay you a million dollars for your business. But I’ve also seen that that can feel really good and values aligned to know that somebody’s stepping into your business who, like, really gets the folks that you serve and, you know, is going to just run your business with so much love and thoughtfulness. And so, yeah, that’s been my observation of the two different types. And I think the type that you’re talking about is probably more the second type where it’s like, yeah, like it can be quite collaborative and creative the way that we transfer business to somebody else. 

  

Liane Wood [00:23:12]: 

Absolutely. And I mean, to your point, yes. It could be a colleague in the same city. It’s. It could be somebody on your team. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:18]: 

Yes. Which I personally love that idea. It’s not always going to be possible, but certainly when I think about, you know, my group practice folks, where sometimes they might have somebody who’s kind of their clinical lead, who’s been there for 10 years and like, absolutely gets the business and is already on the inside, that’s a great person to transfer ownership of the business to. And that can be done gradually as well. 

  

Liane Wood [00:23:40]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:41]: 

Of like, you know, starting to gradually move them into that role. So I do think there’s maybe more flexibility and options there than folks tend to imagine. It might not be as scary of a process as folks can imagine on their worst days, you know. 

  

Liane Wood [00:23:54]: 

Absolutely. And I think, you know, if we think about anything that we do for the first time, you know, the first time you bought a house, the first time you bought a car. Right. Those are scary things because we don’t quite know the process and how it’s going to work. Once you’ve bought a few cars and sold a few cars, you’re like, oh, yes, no, Big deal. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:08]: 

Yeah, exactly. Yes. 

  

Liane Wood [00:24:10]: 

Honestly, it’s kind of the same with businesses. Like, I have bought and sold business, like, multiple businesses at this point. So it doesn’t feel scary. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:18]: 

Right. Because, you know, you know what you’re walking into, you know, what all is involved, which I admire personally. I’m, you know, like, this is an area that I’m starting to feel a little bit of, like, interest and curiosity for folks listening. I’m not going anywhere in this business, just so you know, but just starting to think about business skills because I think, too, for. For some of us in the therapist space who get the entrepreneur bug and discover that we actually love that side of. Of the work to. Or maybe even more than the therapy work, eventually those business skills can also transfer to other industries. 

  

Liane Wood [00:24:51]: 

Absolutely. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:51]: 

And I’ve started a business mastermind with some Canadian business owners. Not that I’ve started, but I’ve joined a business mastermind that already exists with female Canadian business owners. And they run all kinds of businesses. Right. They run mediation businesses, yoga studios, like. And it’s fun and interesting to be with folks in other industries and learn about how they think and the neat things that they’ve accomplished in these other spaces, but using the same entrepreneurial skills that we develop when we build successful therapy practices. 

  

Liane Wood [00:25:19]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:20]: 

Leanne, thank you. This has been informative, inspiring to, you know, think about the options there. And for folks listening, I hope that this has planted some seeds for you that selling your business is even a possibility. 

  

Liane Wood [00:25:31]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:32]: 

Or maybe buying a business is a possibility too. For some folks listening, maybe that makes sense for where you are in business. What I’m hearing from you is that could be somebody that you already know or somebody you’re already working for or with, that you could transfer this great thing that’s been built. So, Leanne, for folks who want to learn more about you, get further into your world, where can they find you? 

  

Liane Wood [00:25:53]: 

Yeah, my website is buildyourprivatepractice ca. We’re also on Instagram buildyour Private Practice, and we have a free Facebook group. If you search Build, you’d private practice, you’ll find us in the group section on Facebook. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:07]: 

And to clarify, is that business for Canadians? Canadians and Americans? Who’s in that group? 

  

Liane Wood [00:26:12]: 

It’s mostly Canadians, but we also have some American friends in there as well, and we welcome them. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:17]: 

Beautiful. Thank you so much for joining me today, Leanne. 

  

Liane Wood [00:26:19]: 

Thank you for having me. It’s been a pleasure. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:34]: 

I so enjoy this conversation with Leanne today. It’s a great reminder that our Businesses are not who we are. You are not your business. I am not my business. Our businesses are something bigger. Our businesses are the container in which services can be delivered, but they are not us. So taking the time to think about your business and what it actually is outside of you, have you built up consistent systems? Do you have clear ways that you do things every time? That makes it also consistent for your clients. It’s also just great for our clients too, to be dealing with a business that has consistent practices, where there’s clear SOPs, where they know what to expect, where they understand how things work. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:27:16]: 

That is also part of building a business is that there is clarity in the processes in place. That’s great for you. You don’t have to think about how to do something in a fresh way every time you do it. But it’s also great for the folks that we serve that they can know what to expect. And that’s a lot of what businesses are about. If I think about fast food businesses as an example, where you know there’s many of a certain chain, part of what’s great about going into a chain when you’re on a road trip is you know what to expect. You know a brand means something. You know when you go into a Tim Hortons, what’s going to be on the menu and you know what you like and you know how the process works of ordering and you know how long you’re going to wait. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:27:57]: 

All those things make a business and the individual folks who work in the business and deliver that service are part of what makes it happen. But also they could step away and somebody else could step in and it would still be a good consistent experience. Of course, you know, if they’re great employees, which we always are going to be looking for great folks to replace ourselves. So definitely food for thought from Leanne. So appreciate her bringing this topic to the podcast today. If you are interested in working with me, there are two ways to do that. I have our course for solo practice owners, Money Skills for Therapists, and I have our course for group practice, Money Skills for Group Practice Owners. So to learn about those courses you can just head to my website and click on courses. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:38]: 

Click on the course that makes the most sense for you in the drop down menu or I will also put links in the show notes for you to learn more about each of those courses and see if you want to get my support in getting your business finances really working for you whether it’s at that solo level or whether it’s in group practice. Thanks so much for joining me today. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. If you’re ready to go from money confusion and shame to feeling clear and empowered, my Free On Demand Masterclass is the best place to start. You’ll learn my four step framework to get first, your private practice finances finally working for you. Register today using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. I look forward to supporting you. 

 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved

EP 200: Seasons of Entrepreneurship: Growth, Contraction, and the Truth About Business

200: Seasons of Entrepreneurship: Growth, Contraction, and the Truth About Business 

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. Together, we unpacked the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you. 

Navigating the Seasons of Business

Running a therapy-focused business isn’t a constant upward climb. It has seasons of expansion, contraction, clarity, confusion. In this conversation, we let ourselves name that truth. 

We talked about what it feels like when you’re all in — launching, creating, hiring, dreaming bigger. And we also opened up about the quieter seasons: reducing your client load, winding down programs, letting team members go, or wondering if you even want to keep doing this work in the same way. 

There’s so much pressure in entrepreneurship to always be scaling. But sometimes wisdom looks like pulling back. Sometimes contraction isn’t failure — it’s integration. 

At the same time, building work you genuinely enjoy doesn’t happen by accident. It requires noticing your energy, building systems that support you instead of draining you, and being honest about what you’re doing because you want to rather than because you think you “should.” 

We also talked about money — because underneath many expansion or contraction decisions is a financial story. Cultural conditioning around money. Fear of losing relevance. Fantasies about quitting. Fantasies about scaling. And how helpful it is to have friends who understand the nuance of all of it. 

Listening to Your Season Instead of Forcing Growth

Entrepreneurship isn’t just strategy — it’s discernment. It’s noticing whether you’re in a building season or a gathering season. Whether something needs to grow… or gently end. 

(00:04:02) Life and Business Have Seasons 
(00:12:52) Shifting Beliefs in Business 
(00:14:25) Creative Business as Living Practice 
(00:24:06) Embracing Healthy Contraction 
(00:25:14) Winding Down with Care 
(00:32:46) Embracing Flexibility and Growth 
(00:38:21) Slow Down, Take a Breath 
(00:39:15) Discernment Before Building Something New 
(00:44:36) Value of Business Besties 
(00:46:02) Mastering Money for Therapists 

Letting Your Business Evolve with You

One thing we kept circling back to is this: your business is allowed to change as you change. 

There are seasons where you build aggressively, seasons where you stabilize, seasons where you question everything, and seasons where you rediscover joy. 

You don’t have to cling to an old identity just because it once worked. You don’t have to keep scaling just because you can. And you don’t have to quit just because you’re tired. 

Sometimes the most mature move is slowing down long enough to ask, “What season am I actually in?” 

About Tiffany McLain:

Tiffany McLain, LMFT is a clinical fee strategist for therapists in private practice. Her mantra is, “Full fees are the new black.” Via her program, The Lean In. MAKE BANK. Academy, she helps therapists ethically earn significantly more per month while seeing fewer clients and doing BETTER clinical work. 

The Lean In. MAKE BANK. Academy is a program that addresses the underlying money mindset stories that keep therapists broke so they can become THAT therapist who charges premium fees, cash pay. With the LIMB 4-step framework to make BANK, regular coaching calls to help you go to the next level, a phenomenal community of funny and intelligent therapists, be ready to get real raw and real rich.  

Connect with Tiffany McLain:  

Website: https://leaninmakebank.com/ 

Email: hey@leaninmakebank.com

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/leaninmakebank/ 

About Maegan Megginson:

Maegan Megginson is a spiritual advisor and sabbatical coach who supports leaders and small business owners at pivotal crossroads in life and work. As a former psychotherapist and founder of a seven-figure mental health agency, her approach blends therapeutic insight, grounded spiritual guidance, and practical business wisdom to help people recover from burnout, reconnect with their intuition, and clarify what’s next for their work. She believes tending to your inner world isn’t a detour from success—it’s the foundation for sustainable growth and meaningful impact. 

Connect with Maegan Megginson:  

Website: https://deeplyrested.com 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/maegan-megginson/ 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

I feel incredibly blessed that this is my life because I could— I probably could be paid more doing a corporate job. Like, I’m a very competent human, but the trade-off, like, it’s not worth it to me at all to have to ask for time off. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:00:13]: 

What? 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:00:13]: 

Never. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:00:13]: 

Never. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:00:15]: 

Out. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:00:16]: 

Absolutely not. Can you even imagine? 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:00:19]: 

No. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:00:23]: 

Welcome to Money Skills for Therapists. The podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm, clarity, and confidence with their finances. If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. Before we jump in, check out my free on-demand masterclass. You’ll find the link in the show notes or at moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. Let’s get started. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:00:59]: 

Hello and welcome back to the podcast. Today is episode 200 of the Money Skills for Therapists podcast, and to mark this milestone, I have invited Tiffany McLain, creator of Lean In Make Bank, and Maegan Megginson, creator of most recently Sabbatical School, to join me to talk about our own relationships to the different seasons of business. Often with business, we are taught that everything is going to be great all the time. It’s always going to be summer. Everything’s going to be awesome. So today we talked about our own ups and downs with business, our changes in our relationships to our businesses at different points in time, and how we think about that. We also talk about what we tend to say to therapists who think about, you know, building a scaled business model like each of us has done. Off the side of our desks as when we were therapists. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:53]: 

I always love talking with Tiffany and Maegan What you don’t see, because this is not a recording, is you don’t see Tiffany’s very thoughtful listening that she always does as Maegan and I are talking. We always ping off of each other in these really fun ways when we have these conversations, and I feel like when I’m having the conversations, it’s like my thinking is evolving as I am talking to these wonderful women. Here is my 200th episode featuring Maegan Megginson and Tiffany McLain. Hello and welcome back to the podcast. Today is my 200th episode, and to celebrate and market, I have invited in two of my biz besties, Maegan Megginson and Tiffany McLain. Maegan, welcome to the podcast. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:02:45]: 

Lindsay, congratulations on having created 200 podcast episodes. Wow. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:51]: 

Thank you. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:02:52]: 

I’m amazed. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:53]: 

And Tiffany, welcome. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:02:54]: 

Also, congratulations. That’s phenomenal. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:57]: 

Thank you. So we were pre-chatting about what to talk about because, first of all, we can get very chatty and off the rails very quickly, which has already happened before we started recording, but also It’s such an opportunity for the three of us to talk to each other. It’s so enjoyable for us to also get to jam with each other and chat about business. So in our pre-chat, we were talking about this idea of cycles of business and noticing these cycles or seasons of business that we’ve gone through. Because at this point, Tiffany, you are 10 years into teaching Lean and Make Bank. Holy moly. Meg, you are— how many years are you into Scaled? You’re like 8 years into No, 10 years into group. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:03:37]: 

10 years into group practice and 8 years in online business. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:42]: 

Beautiful. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:03:43]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:44]: 

And I’m also 8 years in online business, so we’ve gone through some seasons. So I wanted to chat about that idea. Meg, can you kick us up by talking about some of your experiences of going through different seasons in your relationship with your business? 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:03:57]: 

Man, sure can. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:04:01]: 

Let’s do it. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:04:02]: 

Okay, I’m just— I’m gathering my thoughts to practice the art of brevity, which is an art form I’m not skilled in. I’m taking lessons and I’m going to practice that now because seasons, I mean, first of all, I have a nature-based business and I teach nature-based business planning in my work, so I could talk ad nauseam about seasons. But I think just to distill it down, I always try to remind myself that life exists in seasons and capitalist conditioning teaches us that business has no season except summer. That summer is the only acceptable season, so you should constantly be in like a growth-harvest cycle. And then when you spiral out of that into a fall or a winter, it can become a problem. Like, you make it a problem. So when I think about my relationship with my business over time, I think about all of the years I was in a natural fallow period that I spent so much energy beating myself up about it. Like, what’s wrong with you that you, you know, don’t like this right now or that you’re not growing right now? Or, you know, there are many things I’ve created that were really successful that I felt like they lived their life and then they died and I let them die. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:05:18]: 

And all of like the judgment and the criticism that I would get from other people about shutting down something that was really successful really kind of sent me into an inner exploration, being like, hold on a second, like, what do I believe about cycles of work, cycles of business. And I’m finding that the more I just like really relax into everything lives and everything dies and we’re constantly in, in cycles of change and rebirth, the more my work starts to flow and the less stressed I feel about it. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:52]: 

That was great. Wow, thanks for coming on the episode, both of you. That was wonderful. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:05:56]: 

Nothing more to add. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:59]: 

Yeah, so I mean, Tiffany, thinking about that, I’m curious, like, yeah, what of that sticks out to you? What resonates? What’s been your experience of seasons? 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:06:07]: 

Well, first of all, I can say that Maeganalways articulates everything so well. I’m like, what am I even doing in business? Can I just talk like Maegan One. So I’m going to take Maegan’s idea and talk about it from the perspective of my business, which is, I love that you said that. Now you’re making me think. I thought that I was sold the idea that once you have a business that works, you just find the system that works and then it just it works from then on, right? You just scale, you just do the webinar and put it on repeat. You just do this. And I really thought that was what happened. And so, and especially, I really came into business, like my early stages of really going all in on my business was during the pandemic when everybody was just like, everything was online and everything was thriving. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:06:48]: 

So I came in then and I thought, it works, not thinking about the way the conditions contributed to it working. And since the pandemic, you know, my business has gone up and down, and we could talk more about that in 23 minutes we have left. But I really was, I really kept up until last year, I kept looking for, oh, what’s the one thing that’s finally gonna work? And then I could just put it on repeat. And I have finally learned, I finally learned that that that is not, does not happen. Business is not, you figure out a thing that works, you put it on repeat and you have a business for the rest of time. That is false. And it took me 9 years to learn that lesson. I’m really glad I learned. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:07:23]: 

And now, it’s really causing me to think about my business. Like, do I want to keep doing a thing where every 3 to 6 months I have to pivot and change everything in order to be successful? I don’t know. So that’s the season of life I’m thinking about right now and business. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:39]: 

Yes. Well, and Tiffany, when you say that, you know, you were sold this idea of, you know, like, lock it in, put on repeat— like, you and I were literally sold that idea because we joined a program not knowing that we were each joining. I think you joined and then maybe 2 days later I joined. And we had worked together before. Like, I had paid you as a student in Next. So all I was like, Tiffany, so cool. And then we joined this program and that was really the promise was like, put it on repeat. Don’t write new newsletters, just keep sending out good content over and over. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:07]: 

This real kind of basically set it and forget it approach to business. And actually, as your friend, I have to say, this is a new update for me that you have moved out of this idea that you’ll be able to one day just kind of step away because it’s certainly, I have not found it to be true. It’s a beautiful dream. It’s a beautiful dream-ish. It’s a beautiful dream unless you like what you do. And this is what I’ve noticed with myself is as I’ve built the business to work more and more for me and making sure that I’m doing what I like and bringing in folks to fill in the gaps of what I’m not good at, my partner and I, Rodrigo, talk often about how lucky we are that we do work that we like. We don’t need to leave the work. There isn’t a fantasy of selling and exiting because I’m like, then what would I do? I would just do what I’m doing now, but on a volunteer basis. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:53]: 

And so that’s also something that I’ve noticed. Just thinking about how my relationship to the business has evolved over time, is over time I have realized like you do need to build something that you like because you do need to keep doing it, right? There isn’t going to be this magical exit point unless you build some sort of app that you can sell, but even then, then you’re gonna have to like do something else of meaning with your life. So I think that that fantasy was so pervasive when we started our businesses, Tiffany, in the way that we did in 2020, and, uh, it’s a lie, folks. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:09:21]: 

It’s a lie. It’s a lie. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:25]: 

So thinking about that then, you know, thinking about this in terms of like seasons or cycles, Tiffany, can I ask you more about where you are now? 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:09:34]: 

Yeah. As of last week, I’m going to burn it all down. And I think it has to do with my mother. Hopefully— I was about to say, hopefully she’s not listening because she’s not listening, folks. I really realize over— I’ve been becoming more and more aware of how I, in every phase of my at every area of my life, have been pulling people along. I’m growing and come with me. Please see my value. I’m really gonna— if I just work hard enough and say the right thing, you know, it’s all our parents, say the right thing, and finally my mom, as a metaphor, will get it. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:10:06]: 

And I’m wondering how much I— my whole entire business is built on, I’m going into a culture where therapists have learned I shouldn’t charge money, I should do this for free, I’m bad if I want more. And I’ve been trying to change an entire culture for 10 years as opposed to taking a business where people are like, I like to invest in my business. I want to grow. I’m ready to get to the next level. Let me just pay someone to help. That’s not the therapist world, especially when it comes to the specific thing I went into, the hardest thing, which is charge more money for what you do. The work you do is of value. You should get paid for it. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:10:40]: 

That message is one that I’ve had to nurture people into over these past 10 years. And I’m starting to think Oh, maybe maybe I, I need to find people who don’t need to be nurtured into that message for 10 years before they decide to come work with me. That’s a long haul for business. That’s what I’m thinking about, finally, 10 years in. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:58]: 

Yeah, you have, um, well, actually, I think all of us have, but maybe you in the most confrontational way, maybe, have really like pushed against the therapist culture, right? Like, I’m not very confrontational, And so I’m kind of like, it’s nice, but I’m teaching something that people also know that they need that. At the end of the day, people know that they need to file their taxes. And so after going through a couple seasons of business where they’re like, oh, shit, I didn’t save for taxes, it’s like the problem does become clear eventually. It did feel like when I was first starting to teach money skills, I was having to educate folks about the fact that they did need financial skills. That was an idea. But I do feel like it has shifted over the last few years. But maybe that’s not true. But you are— very much like working against their conditioning in, in a really deep way, which of like asking for more and maybe asking for more than more, right? Like really, like thinking expansively really is against the culture of therapy and certainly against our education as therapists. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:11:54]: 

And I find that when I have people who are— who come to me and for enrollment calls and they’re like, I’m actually just ready for more, then I tend to find myself saying, go work with Maegan, because that’s not what my program is for. People typically who are like, I’m ready for more right now, or maybe I’m not quite sure, but I know I’m ready for abundance, then I’m sending those people off to work with other people, which again is not the best business model. I’m happy for the people I send them to, but in terms of my. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:12:16]: 

Business— Welcome for the referrals. Okay, I want to add something to this because I can really— well, there’s two things that are standing out to me. One is the last time we did a joint podcast episode like this, I don’t remember. I think it was— was it episode 100? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:34]: 

Wow. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:12:34]: 

Okay. And at the time, I was like talking about my dad on the podcast. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:12:39]: 

You were right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:40]: 

Oh, we all were. We were talking about our dads and their relationship to entrepreneurial life. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:12:45]: 

And I was like, my dad’s the problem. And but he’ll never listen to this episode. Well, he did listen. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:49]: 

And. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:12:52]: 

So Tiffany, I just wanted to say, you never know who’s— never say never. Um, but that’s, that’s a story for another episode. Okay, but this— when we’re selling something that is really shifting the foundation of our cultural conditioning, it’s really freaking hard. So I think like a lot of the work that I do is, you know, helping people decondition from patriarchal capitalist systems as business owners. One of my flagship offers is how to take a sabbatical, like how to take more time off, and So Tiffany, I’m really connecting to what you’re saying about how fatiguing it is to be someone who is selling something that is really requiring people to do like a deep dive into themselves to say yes to it. And I am finding over time that I need to have multiple offers in like different realms, like some that are very easy yeses that don’t make me feel like I am doing this like heavy, heavy lift to get people on board with, with what I believe in and what I’m doing. And then having the offers that like do require more of that like belief-building process to get people ready to say yes, because it’s just, it’s that really heavy weight that we’re carrying as people that are trying to like get our clients to have a belief change. And yeah, it’s, this is also the first time I’m hearing you say that like you’re done trying to find like the magic potion of like, which is great because that to me feels so boring. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:14:25]: 

Okay, like, I get the fantasy on the surface of being, okay, fine, I found one thing that works and now it can like work on autopilot. But I feel like it’s true for the three of us and for most people listening, our business is our creative practice and it’s a place where we get to come and we get to practice craft and we get to like evolve and change and make new things. And that’s so rich and alive. And I, I don’t want to do anything that just boils it down into a funnel. Because at that point, why am I even doing it? Like, it just doesn’t even feel like a good use of, of my time or like my creative potential. Yeah, anyway, it’s not like a direct response to anything you said, but just it’s all like, it all feels so real and alive. And like, this is what it feels like to— you have to have the capacity as a business owner to hold these really big questions And to be able to like swim around in it and try new things without getting deflated and throwing in the towel when something doesn’t work. Because we’re talking about the escape fantasy of burn it all down, but we’re not actually people who are going to burn it all down. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:15:33]: 

Like, we’re not actually going to do that. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:15:35]: 

Lindsay, your face. Was that a no? Was that a—. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:39]: 

That was a no, maybe. And I think my maybe was actually about you, Tiffany. I’m like, Tiffany might burn it down. I might not. I I would wouldn’t burn it down. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:15:50]: 

Okay, okay, but wait, wait. Would you burn it all down? Because there’s a difference between a forest fire and a giving up. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:15:56]: 

As we were talking, I was thinking, you know, this idea of the creative process and the joy of that. I think that requires a couple of things. And I do actually, I would love to have a sales funnel that just worked so all I could do is show up and do the work with my therapist. Like, I love that rich work. It’s the systems that keep it going and bring in revenue. And I think you and I, Megan, have talked about this a lot, and of course Linzytoo. Being in Canada where you’re taken such good care of versus the States. The idea of creativity and play and like really getting in there is great when one has a consistent revenue. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:16:29]: 

My partner, as you all know, goes in and out of work. So he’s now on a season of not having a job. We live in San Francisco with 2 kids in private school or like a private at preschool a— because that’s the only preschool you can get. And then private school. So there’s like the fear of like, I can’t actually bring in revenue. It makes it really hard to be like, let me just sit in creative play. So there is like, man, the system we live in live in does require money. And so a lot of my therapists too, I’m talking about go for more. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:16:56]: 

And they’re like, I also just need to pay my bills. So there is that like, how do we go from I’m barely making it, I’m burnt out and overwhelmed, which by the way, I can say for my business, I’m so pleased that I’m not in the state of stress and struggle financially. I do live in integrity around I’m gonna have ease and freedom in my life. I’m never gonna be like stressing out. And it does cut down on creativity and play when systems are not creating consistent revenue. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:22]: 

Maegan, do you want to respond to that? 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:17:23]: 

Because you— I want to take one step back because I think it’s like when we’re, when we’re talking about burn it down, I see people, and I have felt this in myself, there’s like two types of burn it down, right? There’s the people who are like, I’m done being an entrepreneur, I’m gonna burn it down and I’m gonna go get a regular job, or some kind of escape fantasy like, I’m gonna be a librarian, or I’m gonna be a barista, or like whatever, I’m just gonna go do this, or I’m gonna go work I’m going to go do something else and I’m not going to be the boss anymore. And then there is like the— if we come back to cycles, there is the life cycle of this has reached its conclusion. That, you know, so maybe it’s limb in this case where it’s— for me it was Next Level Therapist where it’s like was running this really successful thing. It was doing great. And then I just felt this knowing in my body of being like, oh, this is done for me. I could keep going. It’s working. I believe in it, but it’s done for me. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:18:18]: 

And how long am I going to stay in that really painful place where I’m like trying to force it to keep going because of sunk cost fallacy? Like, oh, but I’ve gotten so far. Like, oh, to, what to, to burn it down and start over now. Like, oh, that just feels like so counterintuitive versus the intuitive wisdom that says, actually, you’re, you got what you needed from this. You can burn this down so that you can create something else. That’s what I see for Tiffany. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:47]: 

Yeah, because Tiffany, you’re not talking about like going to retrain to become a teacher. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:18:52]: 

I certainly am not. I will always be a business owner and entrepreneur. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:18:55]: 

Can you imagine being Tiffany’s boss? Oh my God. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:00]: 

Oh, oh, no one could do it. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:19:03]: 

Lindsay, I’m curious. So Maeganand I are talking about our burn it down seasons. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:07]: 

Yeah, what about you? 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:19:08]: 

Yeah, very steady You’re working in your garden. I’ve got my garden going again, by the way, inspired by you, Lindsay, again. We talked about a year ago or 2 years ago. So how do you think about these phases in your own business? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:20]: 

Yeah, for me, the phases that I think of is expansion and gathering. Those are my seasons that I tend to go through in business. And this is how I talk with my students, you know, when there’s these times where it’s like, yeah, like other things are happening in my life or like there just isn’t kind of like a lot of flow here. And I got this phrase way back, Tiffany, when we were getting in the original coaching program where we learned that you can make infinite money forever. Not true, again, but there was this idea of this expansion and contraction. And I don’t like the idea of contraction because I think especially from a somatic perspective, contraction is like stress and tension. But I have certainly gone to seasons of gathering where I’m like, I’m actually not going to try to make a bunch of sales or build something new this season, and often it is a season like this quarter, right? So for instance, for me in this literal quarter, right, that we’re in right now, it’s, we’re going to be doing a price increase launch, which is long overdue. So just, you know, letting folks know the course has been $19.97 for, I don’t know, 75 years now. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:19]: 

We’re bringing up to $24.97. So still staying like lower in the market because for MSFT, you know, we know that we have a whole range of folks who access that, but we’re doing that. But that’s not something that takes like a huge heavy lift. It’s mostly like folks, there’s going to be folks out there who’ve already been thinking about the course. This might be the reason they decide to join now instead of in 3 years. But otherwise, I’m in a bit of a stabilizing season with the business because I’m building a new house instead. So I noticed too, like, my creative energy sometimes comes in or out of the business. And so identifying what is a season where it’s like, yeah, we’re gonna like really figure some stuff out in the business, and I’m gonna grow my team, which means I need to grow my sales, and I’m in an expansion period. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:58]: 

And I’ve gone through those periods before. About a year ago, I was in one of those spaces, but this year it’s like Yeah, more of this just kind of a gathering, like we’re just going to let it ride. know, You I’ve got folks around me too who are sustainers. I’m not necessarily a great sustainer. I don’t like doing the same things over and over again, but I love showing up and teaching and coaching because for me, that’s fresh every time. So it’s not the same to me as like, you know, like putting out the schedule every month or whatever for the calls. I have team members who love that steadiness and they bring that to the team. For me, what I do in the business still does feel very like sparky and generative because when I get on a call with my students, whether it’s Money Skills for Therapists or Money Skills for Practice I have no idea what they’re going to ask me. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:37]: 

I don’t know what the vibe’s going to be. Is it going to be like a sassy call where everybody has lots of energy? Is it going to be like a quiet call? Are we going to get more into like mindset stuff? Is it going to be a lot of like spreadsheets and YNAB? So for me, that part doesn’t feel repetitive. It feels fresh. But that’s where I’ve like built the business that I’m doing the part that I love and the stuff that I don’t love or that I’m not good at, other folks are doing that. So yeah, right. Like, you’re right. I do have a steadiness around me with the business and I don’t know why. I don’t know why, except that I just like I fucking love what I teach so much that to me there’s so much depth in it. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:22:10]: 

Even when I’m staying with the core content with MSFT, and I’ve been teaching that same content for 8 years, it still feels fresh to me. But yeah, because I remember we had this conversation when we did an in-person mastermind in San Francisco a few years ago with Annie Wright and April Snow, and Annie Schussler hosted us in her beautiful home. And I remember at that point you folks reflecting that to me where you’re like, Lindsay, why, why are you still happy? Like, why do you— and I don’t know why. I mean, I’d be open I’m curious to hear your reflections of if I do have a burn it down moment that I’m not acknowledging. I have to say my escape fantasy, because I find this really funny, is sometimes I do think about that it might be nice to work at the Costco bakery. Costco’s a really great employer. They give good benefits. I love baked goods so much, as you both know. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:22:55]: 

I don’t drink alcohol. I just eat baked goods. Just fucking love them. So that’s my escape fantasy, but obviously that’s not a realistic escape fantasy. I can’t maintain my mortgage working at the Costco bakery, but that’s kind of like the closest that I get. And maybe once or twice over the last few years I’d run the numbers of like, what if I did go back in private practice? But then I look at how much showing up and doing like the hard trauma work that I was doing, or I’d have to like re-niche, but even still that like one-on-one day in, day out, that is really tiring for me. And this is actually much— the variety of owning a business like I do is much more sustainable for me than private practice ever was. So challenge me, because I feel like you two are good at challenging me, and sometimes, you know, sometimes I’m just full of shit when it comes to like Everything’s fine. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:23:39]: 

No, I don’t think you’re full of bullshit. I think it just speaks to like all of our cycles are different and our timing is different. And like, I guarantee there will be a day when you’re like, I’m done with Money Skills for Therapists. You are not going to be 87 years old and still like, oh, I. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:23:56]: 

Just love Money Skills for Therapists. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:58]: 

You know, it all feels fresh. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:24:00]: 

Like there’s going to come a day when like something new is ready to be born through you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:05]: 

Oh, for sure. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:24:06]: 

And I also just want to give a shout out for contraction, because I hear what you’re saying about how it can be this somatic trauma symptom, but also, I’m looking out my window right now, it’s February, all of the trees and bushes are in a contraction right now. It’s like they’re pulling. Contraction, for me, a healthy contraction is when you pull energy inward to tend to your roots. And that is where we need to go when new ideas are trying to come through. You have to come inward and pull the energy down, so that you can really feel from an intuitive place, like, what is it that you want to create next? And I think I see you just as— so far as I’ve known you in this life, you’ve been really steady. And I think that’s amazing. And of course, there will come a time when maybe it won’t be like the burn it down energy. Maybe it will just be more like a really thoughtful project. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:24:57]: 

I’m gonna start like, Lindsay’s got project energy where she’s just like, you know, I think I can see this. Just be like, yeah, I’ve just decided, I’ve just decided I’m done with these programs now, so I’m just gonna like very thoughtfully wind them down so that I can build the new thing, and then it’s gonna be beautiful. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:14]: 

Well, and when I talk to folks sometimes about winding down their business, like when people are thinking about like, should I shut down my group practice, which is like, again, you can’t really just burn down a group practice. Like, there’s tons of folks working for you, there’s all these clients that, you know, are— yeah, yeah, but I think about it as landing a plane, right? Like, there is still all of these logistics to figure out on your way down. And you’re so right, I would just like spreadsheet that shit and be like, okay, we’re doing our wind-down period We’ll do our final sale. We’ll run our last 6-month period. We’ll like, yeah, maybe it’s just the energy to it is that I don’t have Tiffany’s like spark and fire maybe in terms of, not that Tiffany’s actually gonna burn it down, but I think it’s hard for me to get to a burn it down place. It’s just not really in me. And I noticed this with parenting my child who has like what we like to call the Austrian rage. So my partner’s grandfather was Austrian and he was a total domestic terrorist, like just like awful to his family, just yelling, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, abusive man. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:06]: 

But there’s like this fieriness that comes down through my partner’s line that my son has where he’ll just like explode. And I’m just like, I don’t know what that is because I don’t have that. It’s just not really in me. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:26:18]: 

I think you’ll go, you’ll go more into like a dark emo existential crisis. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:24]: 

Yes. Yes. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:26:25]: 

It’ll be quiet. It’ll be, there’ll be a lot of like black clothes, a lot of sad music. That’ll be your crisis. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:33]: 

Did you say scarves or scars? Scarves. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:26:35]: 

Well, I said scars, but let’s go scars, scarves, beanies. Yeah, beanies. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:26:42]: 

I’m seeing black eyeliner. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:44]: 

Uh-huh. Uh-huh. I hate wearing eyeliner. Actually, I’m allergic to it. But yes, that’s the vibe. Yes, it’s true. It’s true. I think that that is more energetically my pattern, and which is also interesting to note, like, I think this is where I tend to work with a lot of folks who are more on that, like, sparky end of energy, and they’re more anxious around money and who have like an abundance of hyperarousal, we could say. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:27:04]: 

And I think that part of why I do so well working with the folks that I do, and I draw so many folks with neurodivergence to me, is that I am very like steady and very calm. And Maegan, you have that energy too. It’s like a deep lake, but like what’s happening under the surface is not clear and it could be anything mysterious, but it’s mysterious. Mysterious. There’s a steadiness. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:27:26]: 

Here’s what’s happening. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:27:29]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:27:30]: 

So different energies, but I think still a manifestation of the same question, which is like, do I still want to be doing this? What else do I want to do? But I think all three of us are certainly entrepreneurs for life, right? Tiffany, you would never not be an entrepreneur. I think I would also be a very bad employee. I mean, I think I was a bad employee in a lot of ways, even when I was an employee, because I was just kind of like a smart aleck who is a little bit too self-important or something. So yeah, we do need to be the bosses. We’re not employable is what I’m saying. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:28:01]: 

We really aren’t. No, I like the idea of not being responsible for every single thing all the time, but I will— I do not want the trade-off of having someone telling me when to show up. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:16]: 

Totally. Well, and I’m feeling that this week because like I mentioned, my, my project energy, which I have in abundance, is currently going into basically rebuilding my house. So of course, what has started as like a let’s add a couple rooms has turned into like, let’s add a whole second story, let’s move walls, let’s move stairs, let’s move bathrooms, let’s do a whole new kitchen. And this is where my partner and I really thrive. Like, we are a project couple. Like, maybe 3 weeks or a month into our relationship, we like built a table together, which like neither of us was remotely qualified to do, but we did. And you know, we do projects forevermore, so So yeah, like right now all of my energy, my project energy is there and it really like lights me up. And just a second, I just forgot why I’m talking about this. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:54]: 

Where did I start, you two? 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:28:56]: 

It doesn’t matter because you’re so in your flow right now, Linds. Like, let the people see who you really are. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:03]: 

You’re a woman who loves talking about animals. I’m flowing down a hill and into a ravine. But yes, the project energy, I was going to say with my business right now is that we’re just going back to that. Yeah, I love right now that I have the freedom. This is where I was going in the business to be like, I’m spending the next week packing my house. But rather than crying and feeling super overwhelmed, like my really skilled, high-paid friends who are like— we have two friends who just moved who are double PhD couple. One is a university professor, one’s an engineer. They also just moved. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:35]: 

They had the similar decision to us. Do we renovate? Do we move? And they had so little time freedom that it was so incredibly stressful for them to move. Basically this week it’s like I’m showing up and doing some calls and recording this podcast today. This is the only thing I’m doing today for the business besides answering like a couple WhatsApp messages from my students who I love. That’s it. And then I’m just like slowly packing the house and like treating it like a project with like the spreadsheets that it deserves. And I feel incredibly blessed that this is my life because I could— I probably could be paid more doing a corporate job. Like I’m a very competent human, but the trade-off, like it’s not worth it. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:09]: 

To me at all to have to ask for time off. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:30:12]: 

Never. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:12]: 

Never. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:30:13]: 

Never. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:30:15]: 

Absolutely not. Can you even imagine? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:17]: 

No. So yeah, I think like whenever I come back to even thinking about not owning a business, which is very only in my darkest moments when I want to be a Costco baker, the math is so bad. The math doesn’t math. Like it’s just not worth it to do that. And that’s what I see for both of you too. I think there’s some folks who are just like entrepreneurs for life. And we are all in that camp. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:38]: 

So Tiffany, what’s your next business going to be? 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:30:41]: 

Hearing you talk about your business, I’m having— just both of you, I always have so many insights. But I’m thinking like the part of showing up and teaching, I love. Just like you’re talking about, Lindsay, I so resonate with that. And it makes me think about the systems again and the team. Like I started thinking, okay, I’m going to keep Limb 4 Life. I actually love working with therapists, but what would have to be replaced? What needs to change so that I can keep showing up and doing what I love and have the freedom to do I don’t love it? it, but still have the business generating revenue. Like the sales piece, I don’t love it. Like take it or leave it, folks. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:31:11]: 

I’m not here to make that. I don’t want to have that conversation. Just come in and then let’s fucking do the work. So really thinking about what would have to be replaced so that I could keep showing up and doing the part I do love is where my mind is going. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:21]: 

Yes. Yeah, exactly. And something too I think about is the scale, right? Like within that capitalist narrative, it’s like bigger, bigger, bigger. Bigger is better. Bigger will be happier. But when it’s bigger, you also have to make more sales. Like you have to make more money. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:31:34]: 

Bigger. I want bigger. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:37]: 

Do you? 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:31:37]: 

Yeah, I do. I already do. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:39]: 

Because like, I think ultimately for me, the end of the day question is, what does my lifestyle actually look like? Like, what is the job? What is the job I’m making for myself? What does it demand of me? And then how much money do I want to get paid from the business? 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:31:51]: 

Right? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:52]: 

And I do believe that I could actually— there’s, there’s an optimization point in those numbers that is like not $5 million. Get somewhere well below that. And so this is what I think about as we think about just the freedom, but also the responsibility that we have as business owners is figuring out what is your model that actually serves, checks off. You’re like, okay, we’ve got the money that we need. We can live in San Francisco on a single income. I mean, the money you have to make, Tiffany, to support living in San Francisco is like, it blows my mind. I’m once again wanting to convince you to move somewhere else, but I’m not going to do that because it never works. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:32:26]: 

It never works. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:32:27]: 

But it’s like, there’s an equation there. That’s going to be different for each of us. And it does make you wonder, Tiffany, like, yeah, what could be tweaked in your equation to allow you to show up and teach and love that part, but have a team size and business expenses that don’t require you to sell as much? You just got to math it. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:32:46]: 

Also, just like feeling into our capacity and like what— when we feel the urge for more, really feeling into what is it I want more of. And I think it’s, it’s easy to say money. And there’s nothing wrong with wanting more money, but often it’s actually something else, you know, or it’s like, okay, more money would be helpful here, but also I feel like I have all this untapped capacity around leading groups or like writing a book or doing a TED Talk. Or it’s like, where, where am I feeling the draw for more in my work? And can I be— I mean, this is the question I always come back to, like, can I loosen my grip on what I think it’s supposed to be or how I think it’s supposed to happen? So, you know, maybe it’s not like scaling this one program that I’m running right now. Maybe it’s like the more comes through a different channel or through a different doorway. And can I just like be loose and flexible with myself in my business so that like I can, I can be surprised by what wants to come through? I think that’s the other thing about cycles. When I think about the last 10 years, it’s like I never in a million years thought I would be here right now. Having this conversation with the two of you, like leading people, business owners, through sabbatical experiences. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:34:00]: 

Like, never in a thousand years did I think that’s what was gonna happen, but it did. And I think when you really relax into cycles and let yourself grow and evolve, like, you can be so surprised by what unfolds. And, and that’s— to me, that’s like one of the sweetest parts of being a business owner, is like getting to be— you don’t get to be surprised like that when you work at Nike. Or Intel, you know? It’s like you see the ladder and like, that’s the ladder. But in this world, like, we actually get to be like so like delighted and surprised by what we’re capable of creating. I love that. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:34:37]: 

Can I just say, when you’re saying this, I’m thinking about all the people listening to this episode, and we’re both— we’re talking about, uh, someone I was talking to this morning mentioned this dark side of business, and we’re both talking on the the one, on one side of our mouth that how hard it is to get here and nothing is automated, and you constantly have to be— you’re constantly failing. To get to this point in business, you’re literally failing every week. So, well, oh no. And then on the other side is the joy and the freedom we’re talking about and the creativity and the play. And like, we get to do whatever we want as long as it works to bring in our revenue, we can play. And so for people listening who are maybe just in private practice at this point and they’re like, I want to scale, I’m ready to get to the next level, what would you both say to them? Like, maybe I want to start a group practice. I’m thinking about you, Maegan Or I want to start an online course and like, scale up my, my, what, my revenue. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:35:26]: 

What would you say to them? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:29]: 

What I do say is it’s work. It’s a whole new business. So when you’re running your therapy business and you also have your eye on group practice, a little bit more of a direct connection, but still, you, as I say in the marketing materials for Money Skills Group Practice owners, you are stepping into a whole new level of business complexity. When you grow a group. Even if you just start to bring on a few people, it gets much more complicated very quickly. And when you’re growing an education business like we have, Tiffany, or some sort of like thought leadership business, you know, speaking, books, it’s a whole new business. So it’s just acknowledging that you are going to be a baby all over again. You’re gonna have to learn all these things that might be different than what you had to learn to build a successful private practice, because private practice can feel very daunting. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:36:19]: 

But at the end of the day, you really need like maybe 40 clients a year to keep a private practice ticking along. You need 40 people to recognize that what you do is valuable and, you know, to— they can meet you at the price point that you need to be okay. Like, you need 40 people. At this scale of business that we’re at, you need a lot more than 40 people because we’re paying teams, right? You know, Maegan, you’ve got a full-time team member. I have— I don’t know what in terms of like full-time equivalents, speaking like teacher speak, but I think we’re at 2, 2.5 full-time people in terms of the wages that I’m paying beyond myself. Uh, Tiffany, you’re probably similar size to. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:36:56]: 

Me, full-time, and then 2 contractors. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:36:59]: 

Dang, right. So it’s like you just have to reach so many more people, and you have to have— everything is bigger. So that takes work. So if you are really called to doing that, like, I love, love, love, love teaching. I wanted to be a teacher. I keep talking about teaching on this episode. Apparently I want to go retrain to be I originally wanted to be a teacher and then I ended up in community development. From community development, I moved into social work and from social work, I moved back into being a teacher. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:37:24]: 

And so for me, this is worth it. It’s worth all the things I’ve had to learn. It’s worth all the failures. It’s worth all the times that I put together an amazing workshop and only a few people show up or that I make a pitch at the end of a webinar and nobody buys. It’s worth all those moments where I feel like, fuck, I just failed in front of everybody. Or really just that I— it’s more of my internal experience of disappointment. I struggle with disappointment. All of that is worth it, but it’s work. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:37:51]: 

And so that’s, that’s really what I want to emphasize. It’s not like, take the, the term passive income, scrub it from your mind. The only passive income that really exists is investing in the stock market, which is like accessible to all of us. So if you want to grow money, put some money into ETFs, put some money into the S&P 500. No matter what the United States does, the S&P 500 seems to do well. I don’t understand why, but it does. So, but your business will never be passive. So just know that you’re going to have to learn a lot and fail a A lot. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:38:17]: 

lot and grow a lot. That’s, that’s what I would say. Maegan, what would you say? 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:38:21]: 

I mean, I totally agree, and I think I would add— well, first I would say slow down, take a deep breath, because I think often when people are getting to the point where they’re asking these questions, it’s coming from a place of urgency. It’s coming from like a place of desperation often, right? It’s like they’re, they’re feeling really burnt out. They feel like emotionally tapped, and it’s like, ah, like, I can’t do this anymore. I’m gonna— I want to do something else. I want to scale. And it’s like when we get into that place of urgency, we start— I mean, we all did this in our own ways on our journeys. We start looking for someone who can sell us the next roadmap, right? Who we’re like stopping on the side of the road being like, does it— can anybody give me the itinerary for the next leg of the journey? I will pay you thousands and thousands and thousands of dollars to just teach me how to not be as miserable as I am right now. And it’s like, Slow down, take a breath. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:39:15]: 

Do you actually feel the yearning to build something like Lindsay’s saying, different and more complex than the beautiful, like simple private practice model that you have right now? Is that really what’s calling you forward? Or are you like, actually, no. When I think about being a beginner again and running a more complex system, like that doesn’t light me up. I just need to figure out how to do this. This in a way that feels better? And I think really being in the discernment process about that before you invest in coaching or a program to build something new will like save you so much time and energy in your entrepreneurial journey. Because what Linzysaid, it’s like real talk. There is no pathway where you create something new that is easy, that is simple, that is not expensive. Um, and yeah, I just, I think we all see so many people jumping into programs that teach you a new way to do business and then don’t finish them because they had no idea what they were actually saying yes to, and then carry so much shame and like this sense of failure that just like crushes them and makes it hard for them to like exceed or succeed and excel in the thing that they’re doing right now. It’s— yeah, I think we can all— we are all here to deliver the PSA, like slow Slow down. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:40:37]: 

down, take a breath, really get clear on what you need and what’s like the most aligned way for you to do that for yourself. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:40:47]: 

Beautiful. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:40:47]: 

Tiffany, what would you say? 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:40:49]: 

I love all of what you both said. I’m thinking about— I’m curious about what it was like for both of you. When I started looking in the online business space, I did it in tandem to my private practice because I always knew that’s when I wanted to build something. Bigger. So I really love this distinction around is your desire to create something bigger coming out of urgency and stress and I have to get out of the situation I’m in now, or are you being pulled along because you are a kind of person who finds creativity and play in that bigger pursuit? Like that challenge, that puzzle, even if it’s daunting, is what is thrilling and exciting. Or some mix of the both. Like Lindsay, I think about you who you just want to build something where you have freedom and flexibility, and it’s going to be a long journey to build it., but ultimately you have time freedom. I think for all of us, time freedom is the thing we’re in pursuit of. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:41:39]: 

Yes, yes. Tiffany and Maegan, thank you so much for joining me for the 200th episode. I guess I’ll have to see you again in episode 300 because, uh, this is a tradition now, right? Every 100 episodes, amazing, the three of us get to have a conversation. I really appreciate the two of you being on here, and you two have been such a huge part of my my business growth and my personal growth. You know, like, I, I feel so honored to count you both as colleagues. But also, when it was my 40th birthday and I wanted to go to London, who did I invite? You two, because you’re just incredible women, and I, I really love and respect you. And I want to thank you for being on this 200th episode with me. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:42:21]: 

What an honor. I feel the same. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:42:25]: 

I feel both of you challenge me. The way you do your business and the way you live your life always challenges me to up-level, be thinking differently. I’ve been thinking a lot about both of you two as I’ve been in this past couple of months of like, what am I doing? I’m like working on my garden because Lindsay. I’m thinking about capitalism because of you, Maegan. Things that I wrestle with, you two are in my mind to wrestle with. And it really pushes me to play— I was going to say a bigger game, but I’ll actually say a more meaningful game. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:42:51]: 

Yes. And something I’ll reflect to folks listening is like sometimes I talk to folks who are really struggling for community. Where they live, and maybe they’re living in— it could be anywhere, but it could be, it could be a rural area, it could be a small town, a small city where it feels like nobody’s on the same page as you. And often people ask me like, how, how did you make your business friends? And we, we live in all different parts of North America, and we have to invest and make a point of staying in touch, right? And like Tiffany, in front of me right now, I have your birthday gifts that you sent me last year. You sent me from Etsy like a little, uh, I’m going to show you this too. I’m about to move my office, so this might change, but you sent me a little Etsy thing of like beeswax products, which I love. And I also keep this— you can’t see it, I’m going to read it to you— I keep this on my computer. It’s not written in your handwriting, but it’s from you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:43:40]: 

It says, have a lovely birthday, my dear. I’m lucky to know you. XO, Tiffany. And I keep these things nearby, both of you. I keep like things that remind me of you because I think that it’s important to stay connected to the folks who really light you up, and they might not be be even in the same country as you. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:43:57]: 

Yep. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:43:57]: 

But it’s so tremendous, the, the positive impact of having people around you who like inspire you and challenge you. Just really, really grateful for you both. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:44:07]: 

Well said, Lyns. I totally agree. Thank you. Thanks for having us. Here’s to, uh, the next 100 episodes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:44:13]: 

Yeah, yeah, here it is. And, uh, for folks listening, in the show notes I will drop links for the incredible MaeganMegginson and Tiffany McClain and all that they too. So you can check their links out there. And, uh, yeah, I’ll see you two in, um, I don’t know, like 2 years for our next episode. 

  

Maegan Megginson  [00:44:28]: 

Sounds great. 

  

Tiffany McLain [00:44:29]: 

Talk to you then. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:44:36]: 

I so appreciate Tiffany and Maeganboth joining me today. And something that really I’m sitting with after our conversation is just how important it is to surround yourself with people who are kind of playing at the same level as you, or, you know, a little above you is also nice. And the way that our thinking evolved as we were talking to each other, right? Like, it’s just having people who challenge you and speak a similar language, but also bring in their own perspective, are really like grounded in their own philosophies and ways of thinking, that’s conversation that we just recorded really is this like beautiful synthesis of the three of our brains coming together and kind of inspiring and changing as we’re talking. And it’s so important for all of us to have those people in our lives, but also in our businesses, right? People who can help you reframe what you are thinking and feeling at a given time, who can help you think of another way forward. Business can be really lonely. So I really, really encourage encourage you as you’re listening to think about who are the people around you who can be business friends, right? Who you can talk through what is happening, who can, who can challenge you. And really, if you don’t have those relationships already established, think about starting to build and nurture those relationships. I cannot, cannot recommend highly enough the value of having some good business besties in your corner. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:46:02]: 

Thank you so much for joining me today. I am LinzyBonham, therapist turned money coach and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. If you’re ready to go from money confusion and fear to feeling clear and empowered, then my free on-demand masterclass is the best place for you to start. You’re going to learn my 4-step framework to get your private practice finances working for you. Register today using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. I look forward to supporting you. 

 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved

EP 199: Building Financial Buffers for Group Practice Owners (and Surviving the Summer Slump)

199: Building Financial Buffers for Group Practice Owners (and Surviving the Summer Slump)  

Seasonal slowdowns can shake even the most well-run therapy practices—especially group practices navigating payroll, profit, and growth at the same time. This week, I sat down with Stef Iverson and Lucinda Bibbs, business partners and recent graduates of Money Skills for Group Practice Owners, to talk through what it really looks like to manage cash flow during a summer slump while still honoring long-term vision, wellness, and expansion.  

“I think it’s just that the clarity and the reassurance, right? That we’re on the right track…knowing the numbers has really helped us make non-emotional decisions. And just having clarity on what’s actually on the paper and what are those numbers actually telling us? They’re telling us a story and they’re holding up a mirror and they’re allowing us to make changes and pivots as we, as we need to.” – Stefanie Iverson 

Stef and Lucinda came into this conversation fresh off their first slower season since implementing Profit First—and instead of panic, they brought curiosity. We talked through how their profit account temporarily buffered operating expenses, what that revealed about their numbers, and how to proactively plan for next summer so slow seasons don’t feel scary or reactive. 

Using Financial Clarity to Stay Grounded During Seasonal Revenue Dips

What stood out most to me was how empowering it can be to replace “scrambling” with structure. When you know your numbers and intentionally build safety into your business, you give yourself permission to rest, plan, and make thoughtful decisions—even when revenue temporarily dips. 

(00:03:34) Navigating Profit Slumps & Business Growth Effectively 

(00:07:12) Savings Buffer Analysis to Prevent Pulling from Profit 

(00:12:29) Consistent Owner Draws and Keeping Profit Separate 

(00:16:06) Preparing for Economic Uncertainty and Anticipated Slow Seasons 

(00:20:58) Balancing Leadership and Growth with Work, Delegation, and Passions 

(00:26:45) Prioritizing Your Energy and Your Relationships 

(00:30:54) A Successful Partnership Built on Transparency 

(00:34:10) Evaluating and Expanding Services Offered 

(00:38:18) Tree Metaphor for Growth – With a Stable Trunk, Your Branches Can Reach 

Stability First, Then Innovation: Growing Without Undermining the Foundation

We talked through how to experiment with offering new wellness services without neglecting the “main ship” of the group practice—and how to tell the difference between an idea that needs more time versus one that isn’t financially aligned right now. 

Key Takeaways for Therapists Navigating Slow Seasons or Growth 

  • Build buffers before you need them. Aim to have 2–3 months of operating expenses in your account so seasonal dips don’t trigger panic. 
  • Let stability lead. It’s okay to temporarily prioritize cash reserves over profit distributions. 
  • Test new offerings slowly. Pilot, track results, and adjust before fully committing. 
  • Protect the core practice. New ideas are exciting, but the existing business needs consistent care. 
  • Communicate clearly with partners. Transparency reduces emotional decision-making and strengthens trust. 

Slow seasons don’t mean you’re doing something wrong—they’re part of running a real business. With clear numbers, intentional buffers, and honest conversations, you can build a practice that feels both secure and flexible enough to grow in the directions that matter most to you. 

Get to know Stefanie Iverson & Lucinda Bibbs:

Stefanie Iverson and Lucinda Bibbs are the co-owners of New Ground Wellness Collective (formerly South Okanagan Counselling), a group therapy practice based in Penticton, British Columbia, which they founded in 2022. As their practice grew, they recognized that strong clinical care alone wasn’t enough—they needed a deeper, more confident understanding of the financial side of group practice ownership.  

After completing Money Skills for Group Practice Owners, they began implementing clearer financial systems, Profit First principles, and more intentional decision-making across their business. Stefanie and Lucinda are now focused on systemization, metrics tracking, and exploring a potential shift from an independent contractor model to an employee-based structure, including future leadership roles within the practice. Their work reflects a thoughtful, values-driven approach to growth—balancing sustainability, collaboration, and long-term stability for both their team and community. 

Follow New Ground Wellness (formerly South Okanagan Counselling): 

https://www.newgroundwellness.ca/  

hello@newgroundwellness.ca

https://www.instagram.com/newgroundwellnesscollective 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

Linzy Bonham [00:00:00]: 

You’ve put all this work into building these roots. You’ve built out systems, you’ve built out your own relationship, you’ve built out your reputation, you’ve built out your skills in managing your team and your marketing. You’ve built out so much which gives you that stability. So now you can reach your branches, can reach, and you can reach and bend and be like, what about this? What about this? And if one of those things doesn’t work, you’re still totally stable because you’ve built that right? So you’ve now built this foundation upon which you can experiment and play. Welcome to Money Skills for Therapists, the podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm clarity and confidence with their finances. If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. Before we jump in, check out my free On Demand masterclass. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:00:53]: 

You’ll find the link in the show notes or@moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. Let’s get started. Hello and welcome back to the podcast. Today’s episode is a coaching episode with business partners Stef Iverson and Lucinda Bibbs. They are the owner of South Okanagan Counseling, although as they share today in the middle of a rebrand in British Columbia, Stef and Lucinda are graduates of Money Skills Group Practice Owners. At this time of this recording, they are about four months out of the course, maybe only three months out of the course. So fresh graduates from Money Skills Free Practice owners. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:34]: 

And today we talk about two separate questions. We talk about how to use profit first when the amounts aren’t working for you. Basically profit first through the summer slump. What do you do when you’ve had to take money from different accounts when money is low? How do you improve your system so that you don’t have to do that in the future? So we talk about profit first and weathering that summer slump that comes for almost all of us. And we also talk about balancing some new exciting projects that they’re working on and new offerings that they have within their business with running the group practice and their own balance with service delivery and working on the business. So how do you balance taking care of the business that you already have with building new things into that business that are exciting and fun but that might also end up pulling your attention away or end up being too much. Lucinda and Stef are so lovely and their respect and love for each other is so commendable. You hear it come through in this episode of just how much they appreciate each other and their openness of communication as business partners. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:43]: 

I wish all business partners had this strength of relationship because it has certainly allowed them to go so, so far in their business. Here is my coaching episode with Stef and Lucinda. Stef and Lucinda, welcome to the podcast. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:03:03]: 

Thank you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:04]: 

Yeah, I’m so excited to have you. Doing these podcast recordings for me is also a nice excuse to just see people who I like, who I’ve gotten to work with, but haven’t had a reason to see recently. So it’s also just such a treat to see the two of you and have an excuse to hang out and talk and work through something together. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:03:21]: 

Oh, we can share that. Most definitely. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:03:24]: 

Absolutely. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:26]: 

So for our time together today, what would be helpful for us to focus on? What do you want to bring forward for this coaching conversation? 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:03:34]: 

Well, I think to start off with just to talk a little bit about the profit first fundamentals that we learned during the course with you and how that’s been going and some of the hiccups that we have experienced in the last few months. I guess we started really implementing the ideas behind that method back in March of this year, and it went really smoothly, honestly. I mean, for me, it took a little bit of time to trust that the process was actually going to work. And once I felt comfortable, it was a huge relief to just know that the numbers are there and everything was working really well. And then we hit the summer, which traditionally, you know, in private practice, there is a bit of a slump that does occur between clinicians taking time off and just the general trend of the industry. And so we noticed that we had to start. Well, yeah, we started pulling from the profit account to balance some of the other accounts. And I guess my biggest question or the area that I’m hoping to get some support and guidance on is what do we need to do or really focus on moving forward so that this doesn’t necessarily happen again next summer when the next anticipated slump hits us? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:02]: 

Yes. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:05:03]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:03]: 

Because I think often it can feel like a terrible surprise when there’s that summer slump. But as you say, you know it’s coming. Like, we know that there’s going to be these ups and downs times time. Summer is one of them. Winter holidays can be another one. So, yeah, in terms of that anticipating, I’m hearing that the way that you ended up making the money work is you had money in your profit account that you could redistribute. I am curious just about your percentages. How much is going into profit? Like, what percentage was set of going towards your profit account? 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:05:33]: 

Currently, we had it set at 9.9%. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:05:37]: 

Based on. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:05:39]: 

Based on the spreadsheets that we were using. That is kind of where the profit number was. And so, yeah, we were operating off of that. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:47]: 

Yes. Which makes sense to me that there would have been extra money there. I was just curious about, like, what kind of buffer we’re talking about, because it’s a fairly high profit number. Right. Like, that’s higher than kind of the traditional profit first. But I’m sure there’s a lot of thought that went into that number for you, too. And I would guess that that’s where your personal profit draws are coming from for the two of you, for the extra money. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:06:06]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:07]: 

So, yeah, so what I’m hearing is that that profit account ended up basically buffering the other accounts over the course of the summer. That 9% in profit. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:06:15]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:16]: 

Coming into the summer, how many months of money did you have in, let’s say, your operating expenses account? Do you have a. A sense or a memory of how much was in that account before the slump hit? 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:06:28]: 

Again, we were operating off. We. I think we were maybe 1 or 2% higher than what was actually needed. So there was a little bit of a. Yes, a buffer that was. Yeah, added in. Added in there. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:44]: 

Okay. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:06:45]: 

Yes. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:06:45]: 

And the other big change, I think that happened over the summer, too, is that Lucinda and I had really started to pull back on our client. Ours too. A bit more maybe aggressively than we were previously used to. Right. So again, it’s not to say that we should again, increase her. It’s just this. The perfect storm. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:08]: 

There’s a combination of factors. Yes, I hear that. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:07:11]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:12]: 

Because that 1 to 2% buffer, if we just think about the math on that, if you’re putting Aside, let’s say 2% extra each month above what you’ve identified, kind of your average operating expenses cost over the course of the year, we’re looking at like 2%. I’m just trying to think if percentage would be cumulative. Let me think about this for a second. Because like 2% per month times 12 months is 24% that you would be saving of one month’s worth of money. So the savings there are not very large. Right. Like, it’s kind of like with that extra buffer that you’re building, you’re building like a Quarter of a month’s worth of buffer, which what I’m hearing is it didn’t end up being enough when the time came. Especially since, you know, to put this into context, you just started profit first the spring before. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:08:00]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:00]: 

Like we had three months. So you really were three months in, which is. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:08:04]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:05]: 

No time to build a buffer. So what I’m immediately noticing is it seems like that buffer amount that has been allocated isn’t enough to get you to the buffer numbers you actually need to see. Do you have a goal on what you want your buffer amount, like how many months of operating expense money you want to have in your bank account as kind of just your safety buffer there? 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:08:27]: 

Well, I think traditionally people say to have at least three months is kind of the ultimate two to three goal. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:33]: 

Yep. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:08:33]: 

But. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:33]: 

Yep, that would be the ultimate goal. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:08:34]: 

Yeah, at least two. I mean, just to get us in terms of like a summer. Summer slumps typically start. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:08:41]: 

Yeah. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:08:42]: 

Like July, August. So even just to get us through two months worth of a dip would be good for next year at least. Yeah, yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:51]: 

So there’s some math here to do then, because right now we are, you know, we’re into the fall now, so the next summer season is nine months away. Right. So there would be some math here that you two could explore of. Okay, what is the amount you would actually need to save onto your operating expense account to get you to that two months of money? Right. And then we can reverse engineer that of like. Okay, let’s say I’m just going to throw out numbers to make it simple. Let’s say you identify, you need to save $9,000. It’s going to be more than that probably, but I’m going to say 9,000 for super easy math. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:22]: 

Okay, let’s say $18,000. We’re going to get closer. Let’s say you identify, you need to save $18,000 because your opex is like 9,000amonth you want to have. So it’s like whenever you come into a new month, we want like the zero on that bank account to be 18,000 right. Before new money comes in, all the money is spent from the previous month. You’re coming to the first of the month, there’s 18,000. Then if that’s nine months away, we know that each month between now and next summer you want to be saving $2,000 into that OPEX account to give you that nice two month buffer the next time June, July comes around. How does it sit with you to think about it like that? 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:10:00]: 

Yeah, I think that’s doable. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:05]: 

Or at. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:10:05]: 

Least to look at it in that sense, just to start slowly building that up. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:14]: 

Because building a buffer is a new habit that you’re developing. So to stop and give credit where credit is due, you were building a buffer. You have built a system that’s going to allow you to build buffers and stability. And that system was working well until the slump came and suddenly you needed one more money because revenue dropped. Right. So you’ve already built a system that is working. But what I’m hearing is there’s room for improvement to that system to prioritize this OPEX buffer a little bit more. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:10:41]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:42]: 

And I’m curious as you think about where other money is, you know, if you think about your bank accounts, the lay of the land, intuitively, where do you think you could maybe fund a little bit less to put more into OPEX to get towards this 2000 extra a month goal? What’s being overfunded now that you could adjust? 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:11:02]: 

Well, I guess that’s a follow up question is which area do we pull from? Right. And I think it’s really a decision between it coming from the owners, our own salaries, if we need to adjust any numbers there potentially, and potentially even the profit draw as put in a more realistic percentage into that profit account. Right. In order to allow those buffers to build up in those other accounts. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:32]: 

Because once you have the buffers built up, you’re not going to have to keep building buffers. Right. Like they’ll be there and they’ll do their job. So when the summer comes, you know, revenue is going to drop, but there’s two months of money of OPEX sitting there. You’re going to dig into that a little bit during the summer, but you’re never going to get to the point where you have to take money from a different account. Right. Because you’ve built enough breathing room and at that point you can reallocate the money so that more is going towards profit. And my general gut would be towards taking money out of profit rather than like your set paychecks. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:05]: 

Because are you two, if I recall, do you have like an owner’s pay model where owner’s pay is coming out over here that’s like your, you know, salaries. Yeah. And then you have your. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:12:13]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:14]: 

So I’m curious for the two of you just to see if this resonates. Would it be a priority to give yourselves still that good regular paycheck each month or is it more important to be able to have these like big draws once in a While for the two of you, what is more important? 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:12:29]: 

Yeah, I think it’s definitely having that consistent paycheck because then that aligns with even personal budgets, even just like not falling into lifestyle and spending habits. Sometimes when you know that profit draw is coming, you start looking at the vacations and house Renault and things like that. So. And obviously that’s going to ebb and flow and just going back a little bit. So with my understanding, say, for example, over the next nine months we’re going to adjust our numbers so that we can meet that 18,000 buffer in the OPEX account. And come July next year we will reallocate the numbers again because we already have the 18,000. So we would kind of be able to increase some numbers in terms of whether we’re taking it from profit. Profit. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:13:25]: 

And then come the end of summer next year, we’re really only having to build back what we lost from the 18,000 in the buffer we used. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:13:35]: 

And I think the order of operations there is up to you in terms of what feels like a priority. My instinct, a more maybe conservative or stability focused way to do it would be to use your buffers over next summer, have that dip, then rebuild them again in the fall. Maybe you have to rebuild like $6,000 or something. Right. You’re not going to use the whole 18, but you’re going to dip into it somewhat once you rebuild up to that 18,000. And for a few months, 18,000 is now the new floor. You know, that’s very solid after that point, reallocate so that you are allocating more to profit or, or other areas where you need it. So what that’s doing is you’re really prioritizing the stability of the business. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:15]: 

Right. And what prioritizing the stability of the business does is makes the business keep being there to keep giving you profit into the future. So yeah, as you think about that, I mean in your terms of your own priorities too, how important is that stability piece? Like how is important to you personally to see that $18,000 in that account compared to being able to like draw some extra money during the summer, like values emotionally, how does that sit with you? 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:14:39]: 

Yeah, I think stability is a really important thing for us to have, just not to have that extra stress added into the mix when there’s other things that we need to be focusing our attention on. And yeah, so I think it’s having that knowing what that number is again, I think that’s always really helpful is leaning into that and knowing like, okay, that’s what we Need. That’s what we’re striving for. Once we achieve it, then we can reallocate it back into other places. For example. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:15:10]: 

Yes. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:15:10]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:11]: 

And your tool that you have, which we’re not going to get into in the podcast, because spreadsheets and podcasts, not really friends, but the tool that you have from money skills through practice owners, that big picture tool that does have that section with those buffers where you can set the goal and track how close you are to the goal. So that is a way to like have that front and center. And then when you see we’re stable, we’ve been hitting 18,000 as our, like, baseline or more for three or four months now. We’re going to play with allocating a bit differently. So that is a way to just have that goal very clear and make it very clear when you’ve accomplished it. And then you can always tweak to whatever is going to make sense at that time. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:15:46]: 

Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:15:48]: 

Yeah. And especially being in such a stage of growth right now, those opex are only going to be increasing over the next year as well in multiple different areas, whether it comes from marketing to accounting. So, yeah, I think it’s. It’s great that we’re. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:06]: 

Yeah. And I will also say as well, like, given where we are right now in just world events, the economy, it’s not necessarily a boom time right now for our field. So also, just as we think about setting yourself up, stability to kind of weather times that are not going to be quite as abundant as what we’ve had the pleasure to experience so far, it’s also really wise so that if we have a couple rougher years while politics are roiling and tariffs and all these things are kind of wrecking a little bit of havoc and chaos, you will still have that stability to get paid regularly, have the marketing budget to market differently. If you start to need to find clients in different ways, it just allows you to have that stable. While there might be a little bit of chaos that’s out of your control, swirling around. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:16:53]: 

Yeah, absolutely. And I think that’s exactly what we’ve experienced this past year, is it’s been a very unusual year. Right. And it’s very much been tied to economic and political climates. So, yeah, it’s good to have those safety nets and. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:10]: 

Yes, for sure. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:17:11]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:12]: 

So let’s talk a little bit then about that piece that you just mentioned about expanding and growing. I know that both of you have been excited about some. Some new exciting things professionally, and we had chatted before about digging in a little bit to how you, how you work with these, how you balance these. So tell me about what’s happening in terms of your practice expansion. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:17:32]: 

Yeah. So our practice name, South Okanagan Counseling, was really founded on practicing south in the South Okanagan Clinical Counseling. And over the last few years, we’ve had quite an organic growth in having several clinicians based out of Vancou and a few other areas in B.C. in addition to our services, diversifying. So we do a lot of workplace wellness presentations, whether it be online or in person. We offer a number of series and groups. I myself offer a number of breathwork classes and other sort of holistic avenues of aiding with mental health, in addition to Stephanie transitioning a little bit into more of the coaching realm and so forth. So needless to say, south again, counseling. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:18:21]: 

We’ve really wanted to explore what a new rebrand or name could be, which we’ve come up on new ground wellness. One of the big shifts that we mentioned earlier with our roles within the business was really starting to pull away our individual client hours and start to work on the business as opposed to in the business. And that’s been a really wonderful transition. I think just in terms of the health of the business, the stability of the business, Stephanie and I really being able to put our strengths forward as it comes to running a business, in addition to both of us really being able to kind of dip our toes into or dig into what we really love to do and to do with our time. And so with that has also come with this expansion, come with us going back to working a little bit in the business as well, so offering a number of these different services. And I guess our question is knowing that in the long term we really want this business to run itself. Stephanie and I can take a month, maybe even three months off, maybe at the same time. And we have a really steady, steady flow and sustainable flow happening. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:19:37]: 

So as we start to offer more services, more diverse services, I’m just curious to know what you found with other group practice owners that are poor away client hours, balancing the time with working on within the business and potentially diversifying services a little bit too, whether it’s wise to keep that more minimal, less dependable, separate, or whether it’s okay to just kind of have this as another arm to the business and the income of the business and the wealth of the business and so forth. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:12]: 

Yeah, what I have observed from friends and colleagues who have, you know, built a successful group specifically and then decided they wanted to do other things. There is this real ladder from, like, therapy to group practice to coaching, which is interesting. And I feel like there’s. There could be lots for us to explore of, like, what is that? But it’s certainly, you know, a path that I’ve seen folks take before. And what I have really observed is essential in that is making sure that any on the side, you know, like, fun, exciting, new, sparky things that you’re doing, you’re not doing so to the detriment of the main ship. Right? Like your bread and butter. The group practice is your bread and butter. It’s also your team’s bread and butter. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:58]: 

Right. It’s what’s paying everybody’s bills. And so the balance, I think, is how do you make sure that the group practice is getting enough care and leadership and attention? You know, on those leadership pieces, mostly, if you’ve already gotten to a point where you’re not seeing as many clients and have been able to maintain profitability, then that’s a model that could be sustainable. But it’s making sure that you’re both still showing up and leading in the ways that you need to to keep that practice healthy and cared for while you’re off. Also kind of doing some other exciting things. Like, it makes me think about a metaphor once that my friend Megan Megginson talked about when we were talking about our businesses at a time where I was also, like, building a new garden and. And she was like, well, you want to make sure that you don’t start neglecting the backyard garden that was already there because you’ve built a new front yard garden. Right? It’s, like, very easy for us to put all our energy into that thing that’s sparky and new and yummy. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:47]: 

And I think if we have that entrepreneurial spirit, we’re generally drawn that way into the potential. But this thing over here still needs the same amount of care, right? It might be a different kind of care than what it was when you first started, but. But your team still needs to be taken care of, and there still needs to be strategic decisions. And as we just chatted about, with the economy kind of doing whatever it is that it’s doing, being able to adapt and pivot and make maybe some decisions that you didn’t think you were going to make, that still needs to happen. So I’m curious about that balance for the two of you. How available is it for you to really show up the way that you have been showing up that has been working? We know that what you’ve been doing the group practice has been working. Can you do that and also grow these other exciting things on the side or what is the balance between those things for the two of you? 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:22:35]: 

Yeah, I think that’s such a great, great question. And also, yeah, to be a really honest one too. So in the way in which Newground’s been building, it has been with not just ourselves and our sparky fashion products and so forth, but really in the way that actually mental health is transitioning during these times, the services in demand and a number of our contractors that might also be eager to deliver some of those services alongside us. So it’s definitely been, there’s definitely been a deep consciousness to that and also something that I think needs to be carried with every decision, you know. Yeah, I would say. Do you have anything on that, Steph, to be my. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:23:27]: 

Yeah, I mean, I think for myself it comes down to how many hours do I want to be working every week. Right. And in the past, I’d say year and a half, I’ve really worked on delegating a lot of my administrative roles so that I can focus a lot more on, on the business. And even with my, with my client hours, reducing those down quite significantly, again, just to open up space and time for other things that are important to myself, such as, you know, my own self care, my like time with family. And I think it’s, it’s also opening up opportunity to be able to add in some of these passion projects too. So it’s not, at least for myself. And I think I could speak to Lucinda as well because we’re very, we communicate a lot about what the other person is doing in any particular week, that we’re still very much fully invested in the counseling, basically the mothership of this business. And we’re just really allowing ourselves just to add on a couple extra hours again every single week in a sustainable way, I think as well. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:24:40]: 

Right. And I think that’s that balance piece of, you know, if I was working 40 hours plus another 15 hours, I think that would not be sustainable. But if I’ve pulled back from seeing 10, 12 clients a week, I could maybe add those a little bit, that little bit of time back in, back into that. Right. But again, yeah, like you said, being very mindful of that because the business does need care. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:03]: 

It needs care. It really does. Yeah. And I think sometimes, depending on just how much entrepreneurial spirit we have, sometimes the spark can be like, oh, I built that thing, now I get to leave it. It’ll take care of itself. And I’m going to go over here. And that’s what I’m kind of cautioning against, you know, is making sure that it’s getting the care. And I’m hearing that there is still spark and alignment for you two of very much being into the group. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:26]: 

Because the other thing to be mindful of for the future, and Maybe this is 10 or 20 years down the road, is there may also come a point where one of you is drawn enough to this other thing that you don’t want to run a group practice anymore. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:25:38]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:38]: 

So also having conversations about that now, like building the. Building the end into the middle. So it’s like, what happens if Steph, you become a very sought after business coach and you’re like, actually I’m going to run retreats for business owners in Italy. And that’s where my passion is. And I actually am not going to be practicing anymore. And I don’t, you know, just being honest about where you are because I think too, it makes me think about. Two books come to mind. One is 4,000 weeks. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:04]: 

Oliver Berkman, I believe, is the author. And the second one is Die with Zero. And those two books together for me inform some of the ways that I think about time and how we spend our time and even what time we have and what time is and in 4,000 weeks. Have you two read that book? Have either of you checked out that book? 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:26:22]: 

In part, yes. Yeah, I know which one you read in part. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:24]: 

Okay. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:26:24]: 

Yeah, it’s a great book. Yeah. Yes. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:27]: 

Basically his core thesis is you only get to live one life and you’re gonna die. So in that one life that you’re gonna live and you’re gonna die, what do you wanna do with your one and only human life so that you’re not trying to live five lives at once and actually just exhausting yourself and feeling like tired and overwhelmed at all times. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:26:44]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:45]: 

Cause I think too when we are people who are capable and excited about the world, it is also easy to overload ourselves to where the function becomes a bit of like a ball and chain, you know, like we tie ourselves to just too many things and then we’re not maybe like showing up for our kids the way that we want to or we’re not having quality time with our partner or all those things that actually matter at the end of our life. You know, when we look back and we think about our relationships mostly is what people reflect on and value at the end. Business success is fun, but like these folks aren’t coming to our Funeral. So it makes me think about that too of like for both of you, really taking the time to really connect with like. Yeah. What is really sparky for you right now? What do you want to follow? Is this like a wonderful balance that you could maintain for 20 years, like taking care of the group and then also doing these other fun things? Is it possible to be a time when one of these will rise up and the other one needs to kind of come down? So just being cognizant that we only have so much energy and really like treating that energy with reverence and respect? 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:27:44]: 

Yeah, absolutely. And as Lucinda mentioned too, is that in part of what we’re trying to establish with new ground is that we are. We are integrating our existing team and their interests into these different hubs essentially and ideally creating the curriculum for these particular passion projects. But that as again, Lucy says, being able to step out of it again. So stepping in, doing the work. Right. Being in the work again for a period of time, but then also being cognizant around like, can we still then in the end pull ourselves back out and have someone else do that? Because I think that’s what adds value to the actual business itself in terms of us from a sellability perspective. It doesn’t do any good if Lucy and I are bringing in an extra hundreds of thousands of dollars a year into the business. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:28:37]: 

If we aren’t there and that that money isn’t there. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:28:40]: 

It’s not. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:28:40]: 

It can’t be attached to the business value, right? Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:43]: 

If nobody else is able to deliver that value, if it’s just the two of you, then it. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:28:47]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:47]: 

It doesn’t add to the value of your business. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:28:48]: 

  1.  

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:49]: 

What I’m hearing here, you’re using the frame like the phrase passion project, which I almost think maybe we’re misusing in this sense. Because what I’m actually hearing is you’re expanding the offerings of your group practice into these non traditional counseling spaces. Am I understanding correctly that that’s really the overall project? 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:29:09]: 

Yeah, absolutely. That’s exactly what it is. And it’s something. It’s these services that have actually been kind of birthed organically with some part our own interests and approaches to optimizing to finding the optimal well being. And also what we’ve been approached as, what we’ve been approached with from whether it be organizations, individual clients, groups and so forth. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:29:32]: 

Yes. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:29:33]: 

And so zooming out and looking at the field as a whole. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:29:36]: 

Yeah. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:29:37]: 

And another thing I would just love to speak to, as you were speaking to it on really kind of things like that, beginning with the end. And one of the huge gifts I think we have in being able to have a bit of an elevated consciousness, too, that is that we’re in a partnership. So, yeah, we’re almost like a mirror to one another in terms of. We can see when one’s kind of got really excited about something, but then the family, the kids, I was gonna say, forgotten to be picked up from school. That’s never happened. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:17]: 

Definitely not. Definitely not. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:30:18]: 

Like, we can see when one another might be. Yeah. Falling back or feeling pressured for time in the things that really matter. Which really, again, comes back to why group practice. Right. It’s like, so you can have more time with family. So you can. We can offer more to the community in terms of diversity and services. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:30:38]: 

So we can create jobs. Right. So that is one thing that I feel so deeply grateful for, to be in partnership, because I think it’s. So it can be observed that bit quicker and easier. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:54]: 

Yes. And I will say that is a feature of your partnership, which is unfortunately not terribly common. You know, you two are colleagues and friends with Stef and Laura, who’ve been on this podcast before, who are another amazing BC practice owning duo. Yes, they are. And I think the transparency that you two have and that the two of them have, like, just the depth of relationship that you’ve built with each other and the honesty and the ability to have hard conversations and as you say, mirror to each other is how partnerships should be. And many partnerships don’t kind of get to that ideal, but the two of yours certainly is. And so I’m hearing, you know, that’s a tremendous gift that you have, that you can also reflect to each other. Hey, what’s happening here? I’m noticing this. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:38]: 

I’m noticing you’re tapped out of energy. I think if all entrepreneurs had that, we would all be better off if we had somebody being like, I’ve noticed you’re not eating your lunch. That’s very, very helpful to have. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:31:48]: 

Feedback’s not always received as welcome from the husband or the partner. Sometimes defenses can come up more than it is from the business partner. So. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:32:03]: 

Yes. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:32:03]: 

So true. So true. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:32:04]: 

And I mean, our business partnership really is. Is like a marriage, right? We definitely work on it. We communicate tons. We’re always in. Checking in with. With each other. And just to come back to that, that comment about misusing or maybe incorrectly using the term passion project, I think. I agree. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:32:26]: 

I think it’s more about our evolution in what. Where we see ourselves. We started off as individual clinicians owning individual practices, both had a drive and a desire to own and operate a group practice, chose to do so together. And working up the rungs into these different areas that we didn’t even know were possible. Didn’t even know that. Yeah. We would have an interest in. And then just through the various learnings, having worked with like multiple different coaches. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:32:59]: 

Yeah. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:32:59]: 

And now I think it’s just an elevation of that next stage of our entrepreneurial lives, essentially. Right. And for myself, I do not want to sacrifice too much of my time because I can personally say how amazing it was to be able to guilt free, step back this summer and enjoy time with family in a way that I’ve never been able to do before. Right. And yeah. So I think it’s a fine balance of during periods of the year we can dive more in, be more in and on the business. And then having the reward of time. Right. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:33:39]: 

That we can do other things with that really fuel us again then just to again do better within our business world realm as well. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:51]: 

Yes. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:33:51]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:53]: 

Yeah. And that ability to focus, like work on the things that really matter during the seasons where that’s available and makes sense. Like for instance, I’m very happy to work during the fall. Fall. I’m like, oh, back to my desk. Yep, let’s go. I get to have adult conversations. I love my kid. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:34:10]: 

He’s also at school. That’s amazing. So really, I think harnessing the energy of those seasons where you are ready to dig in and do more and build. And something that I’m thinking about too is I’m thinking about your service offering and having new services that you bring on board that have been there organically. Something else to keep your eye on and be really clear about is are you getting the kind of financial feedback that these are really valuable to people and are worth putting your time into building? Because we know that counseling is valuable to people. We know that people are willing to pay for it. You’ve got a business that has been healthy and steady for a long time and it’s a proven business model. We know counseling agencies work the other offers as you put them out there, taking time to really assess the feedback that you get. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:34:54]: 

Are people willing to pay for it? How much are they willing to pay? And think about how that fits in your ecosystem because sometimes too we get really excited about something because it’s awesome and cool, but the market’s not quite ready for it and people aren’t really ready to pay, I don’t know, like $4,000 for a retreat that will literally change their whole life, but they’re just not there yet. So putting too much time and energy into that to the detriment of the thing that is proven to work, is not to your advantage. So also thinking about that, too, of just letting those services grow gradually, and as you get the actual feedback that this is really financially valuable, people are really willing to pay for this, then it’s also going to warrant more and more of your time and energy and the energy of your team. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:35:31]: 

Yeah, I guess to that point as well, is I think one of the strengths that Lucy and I have in running our business is that we don’t get too attached to any particular idea or goal or outcome. And I think I’ve grown personally as a. As in partnership with Lucinda. She’s really helped me let go of a lot of things. I don’t know. Lucinda, do you want to speak to that as well? Because I think that’s an important part of it. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:35:59]: 

Yeah, I love that you mentioned that, Linzy, because it’s exactly that. Right. It’s like these feel really good, they feel aligned. There is people asking for the services, but one or two can feel like a lot in one week. And then over the bigger stream of things. Yeah, we could talk about breath work, other avenues of holistic health. Like, some things are trends, you know, at the peak and dip and different things like that. So. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:36:26]: 

And as you’re saying that, I think it’s a good cue for us over the next few months, as we do have a big focus on marketing, is to also really have a big focus on looking at the numbers as we start to really solidify some of these services. And like Stef said, like, just we can get excited and we can also put a lot of work in, and we can also be really okay with letting. Letting it go. Like, it was fun and it didn’t work. We just let it go. That’s all good. Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:37:00]: 

Yes. And sometimes, too, it’s a. It’s a not now thing. Like, I know myself, I’ve been planning to run a retreat for group practice owners. Was feeling, like, so excited about it. Had a team member do all this research, was feeling so good. And I sat down with her last night and I looked at the numbers and I said, like, this just doesn’t make sense for us right now. Like, we need to be focusing on our other more profitable offers. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:37:18]: 

Like, this is something I can offer when it’s almost like extra because everything else is taken care of. But given how the economy is, this isn’t actually something that makes sense for our business right now. So I have to say not right now. Even though it would be so fun and so great and, like, great memories. Great memories don’t pay the bills. Right. So it’s. It’s like, right thing, right time. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:37:36]: 

Yeah. And I like that. Not now always having that in brackets, potentially. It’s not that it’s never going to be possible, but being able to just, yeah. Take everything in stride. And I think, again, it’s a gift that we have established a business model that is currently able to allow us to explore this. Right. Without significant consequence, as long as we manage it properly. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:38:02]: 

But, yeah, that it’s this. We have a very strong foundation. Right. And if, you know, if there’s any failure to launch on any of this, then again we have something to fall back on that is going to just be there and that consistent flow. Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:38:18]: 

So, yeah, the image that comes to mind for me when I think about stability and expansion is popping into my brain right now, which is a tree. Right. Like, you’ve built out this root system, you’ve put all this work into building these roots. You’ve built out systems, you’ve built out your own relationship, you’ve built out your reputation, you’ve built out your skills in managing your team and your marketing. You’ve built out so much, which gives you that stability. So now you can reach your branches, can reach, and you can reach and bend and be like, what about this? What about this? And if one of those things doesn’t work, you’re still totally stable because you’ve built that. Right. So you’ve now built this foundation upon which you can experiment and play because of all the work you’ve done before. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:38:55]: 

So, Stef and Lucinda, coming to the end of our time, what are you taking away from our conversation today? 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:39:01]: 

Honestly, I feel for the most part like we’re just really in a good place. And I think that a lot of that speaks to us continually having a very transparent, open dialogue with each other as partners, but also with ourselves within the business. And also speaks to the incredible coaching yourself, Linzy, that we’ve been very conscious to invest in and trust over the last few years. I love that. I think normally this would have scared the heck out of me. I’m actually excited to sit with Stef and follow her leadership. Steph’s another partner on creating those buffers. I think that actually feels exciting and that we get to do that. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:39:50]: 

Yeah, that’s the two big ones for sure. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:39:54]: 

Yeah. And for myself, I think it’s just that the clarity and the reassurance, Right. That we’re on the right track. We’ve got the tools where our business was not even a full year ago, yet to where it is today in very large part due to your financial coaching course, which again, I will rave for that course and recommend it to anyone who, who is ready to invest in themselves and in their business. Because I think it’s the, you know, knowing the numbers has really helped us make non emotional decisions. Right. And just, yeah. Having clarity on like what’s actually on the paper and what are those numbers actually telling us? Those. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:40:39]: 

They’re telling us a story and they’re holding up a mirror and they’re allowing us to make changes and pivots as we, as we need to. Right. And then I think also, I think just that, and I don’t know if caution is the right word, but I think just that heeding your advice around being careful and being conscientious, maybe that’s more of what I’m. The word that I’m looking for is being conscientious about these next. As we build this new business or, you know, and we’re adding on just being conscientious of our own time, what we want our day to day and week to week lives to look like, are they aligned with our values, et cetera, et cetera. Yeah. And again, I will always lean back on and I will always express gratitude for my partnership with Lucinda because it is a very, very special partnership. And I could not be doing this on my own, nor would I ever want to do this on my own. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:41:33]: 

And so I feel like together we have the best interests in mind for the business and each other. And we will always come out of conversations feeling very good and very aligned with where the direction of the business is going. So, yeah, always grateful. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:41:52]: 

Wonderful. Thank you so much to both of you for joining me today and for your kind words and like, for sharing your love for each other. I think that that’s such a beautiful model for folks who, you know, are considering. Yeah. A business partnership, build one like this. This is good. Thank you so much to both of you for joining me on the podcast today. I really appreciate it. 

  

Stefanie Iverson  [00:42:10]: 

Thanks for having us, Linzy. 

  

Lucinda Bibbs [00:42:11]: 

Thanks for. Thank you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:42:20]: 

I really appreciate Stef and Lucinda coming on the podcast today and talking about what’s happening in their business. I so appreciate all the therapists that come on the podcast to do coaching episodes. It’s a vulnerable thing to do, to come on a podcast and talk about what’s coming up for you and also to not know what you’re going to end up talking about or, or say. It’s such a gift that the therapists who come on this podcast give us by sharing their questions and doing coaching in a way that allows hundreds or thousands of other therapists benefit in the future. So my gratitude to Stef and Lucinda, as well as the other amazing listeners and graduates that we’ve had on this podcast over the years doing these coaching episodes. As I’m coming to the end of this episode with Stef and Lucinda, the word that’s coming to mind for me, me is really balance. You know, there’s that balance piece that we talked about with that first question about buffers versus profit. You know, that balance of building stability in the business so that profit can be there in the future. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:43:14]: 

Not prioritizing the buffer so much that there isn’t, you know, some extra breathing room, we wouldn’t want that to happen, but at the same time not taking so much from the business before it’s really able to give it to you. So by building stability by building those buffers and prioritizing that this coming year as they’re implementing profit first, they will have the stability coming into next summer, that inevitable summer slump, to weather the summer slump and then be able to reallocate that money towards profit and have more, more fun money in the future. Right? So balancing these two things now is going to give them that long term sustainability and that play money down the road. And then also the balance between taking care of the business you already have have and the exciting new things that you’re building into this business, or sometimes for some folks, the passion project is something kind of totally different that you’re doing outside of the business. Balancing those two so that the new things don’t come at expense of the old thing that is working and taking care of you. It’s so easy for us to get so excited about the new things that we neglect the old things when it is really these old long standing offers that we have, counseling services, the group practice itself, that are proven to work and are, as I said, not just paying our bills as the owners, but also paying the bills of all of our team members. Right? So giving respect and reverence to the business that you’ve already built to what’s already working while giving yourself some time to play and explore and build new things and follow that, that sparky, yummy newness. If you are a good practice owner like Stef and Lucinda and you are curious about the support that I give you to Group Practice Owners. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:44:46]: 

If you want to learn more about Money Skills for Group Practice Owners, you can find that on my website. If you go to moneynutsandbolts.com you’ll see the bar at the top. We’ve got courses and you can click on Money Skills for Group Practice Owners. That is my second course. I have two courses that I teach. Money Skills for Therapists for folks in solo practice. Money Skills for Group Practice Owners For Group Practice Owners. It says what it is and learning about Money Skills for Practice Owners will give you a sense of whether that course could be helpful for you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:45:13]: 

There’s a spot for you to sign up for the waitlist so you hear about it. The next time I open the doors to that course, you can check that out on moneynutsandbolts.com thank you so much for joining me today. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned Money Coach and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. If you are ready to go from money confusion and fear to feeling clear and empowered, my Free On Demand Masterclass is the best place for you to start. You’re going to learn my four Steps framework to get your private practice finances working for you. Register today using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsimples.com under masterclass. I look forward to supporting you. 

 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved

EP 198: Parenting With Purpose: Passing On Healthy Beliefs About Money

198: Parenting With Purpose: Passing on Healthy Beliefs About Money 

One of the most powerful (and often unspoken) ways we shape our kids’ relationship with money is through our own financial values and beliefs. The way we talk about money, how we feel about money and the habits we build around money ultimately become inherited by our children. 

In this solo episode, I reflect on the big hand we play as parents in creating our kids’ money stories. I also explore what it looks like to model healthier financial skills with intention, clarity, and compassion—and why this work is as much a gift to ourselves as it is to the next generation. 

Modeling Healthy Money Skills for the Next Generation

Our kids look to us for guidance. They’re always watching us, listening to us and absorbing everything we say and do, and it’s no different when it comes to money. We’re the ones teaching them and planting those seeds—whether we mean to be or not.  

The way we talk about money, react to stress, or make everyday decisions becomes the foundation of their financial narrative, shaping what they believe is normal, possible, or scary. That’s why it’s really important to stop and think about what we want to be modeling to our kids about money. 

Start by getting clear on your own values around money, including: 

  • What you want your kids to emotionally associate with money (stress, confidence, neutrality, joy). 
  • The beliefs you want to model around responsibility, self-sufficiency, generosity, and justice. 

When you become more intentional with both your beliefs and your emotions, you create space for open conversations, skill-building, and confidence—helping your children develop a relationship with money that feels grounded, empowered, and aligned with the life you want for them. 

Raising Money-Aware Kids in an Intentional Way

Look for moments where everyday language and emotional reactions become powerful teaching tools. You’ll notice how small shifts in awareness can transform money from a source of stress or silence into something you and your kids can talk about with honesty, clarity, and care. 

(00:06:45) Modeling Healthy Money Habits 
(00:08:01) Teaching Kids to Talk About Money 
(00:11:16) Navigating Emotional Reactions Around Finances 

Building a Healthier Money Story at Home

Your words, reactions, and everyday habits quietly shape the money stories your kids carry into adulthood. By getting honest with your own values around money, you can model what you actually want to pass on to them, instead of defaulting to inherited beliefs or unconscious patterns. You’ll also start to notice how emotional responses like stress, avoidance, or openness become powerful teachers, often more impactful than any formal lesson.  

This creates space to rethink money as a tool and a form of power that can be used responsibly and in alignment with your values. Ultimately, it’s about giving your kids practical skills, emotional confidence, and a healthier relationship with money than many of us were ever taught. 

Get to Know Linzy Bonham:

Linzy Bonham is a private practice therapist turned money coach who helps private practice owners and health professionals feel calm and in control of their finances through her coaching at Money Nuts & Bolts and her podcast Money Skills for Therapists. 

It all started when she saw her extremely skilled colleagues struggle with the money side of business. Some had even left private practice, or were avoiding starting one, because the financial side was too stressful. 

So Linzy decided to help therapists and health professionals develop peace of mind about their money. Since so many were never taught these skills, she focuses on the “how” of making the business side of private practice doable, and even super satisfying. 

Follow Linzy Bonham: 

About Page: https://moneynutsandbolts.com/about/ 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/linzybonham/ 

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/moneynutsandbolts/ 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

Linzy Bonham [00:00:00]: 

So, thinking about kids and money, today, I’m going to be covering three main ideas. First of all, why is it important to model to kids about money? Why does this even matter? With all the things on our to do list, why should we be worried about modeling to our kids about money? The second piece is the importance of clarifying our own values and beliefs as we’re thinking about what we want our kids to be inheriting from us about money. And the last piece is why this is such a gift to your future kids and by extension, your future self to be doing this work now. Welcome to Money Skills for Therapists, the podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm clarity and confidence with their finances. If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. Before we jump in, check out my free On Demand masterclass. You’ll find the link in the show notes or@moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:13]: 

It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. Let’s get started. Hello and welcome back to the podcast. Today’s episode is a solo episode where I’m going to be talking about money and kids, specifically modeling about money to kids. So, so, so, so many folks who come into Money Skills for therapists ended up spending time being with the stories that they inherited as kids about money. Right? Like the stories that we all heard from our parents really shape our relationship with money. And this is why we’re going to start by talking about why it’s really important to think about what we want to be modeling to our kids and the young people in our lives about money. The ways that adults talk about money really shapes, like, the underlying narrative for their kids, right? So sometimes things that we might say when we’re, like, talking to our partner or when we’re kind of like just airing a thought, our kids, as we know, hear everything. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:20]: 

So some of the things that we might not even register that we have said about money or said, you know, whether it’s. Yeah, again, to ourself, to somebody else, our kids are just like, hearing all of that. Right? So this is the first piece to think about as we think about our relationship with money is you might not be where you want to be in your relationship with money, but also you. You are now also creating the landscape for your children’s relationship with money, right? This is why it’s important for us to start to think about money and kids is because sometimes, even before we’ve got our own shit figured out, our kids are looking to us for guidance and they’re learning from everything that we say. So this is the first thing to think about is what are the words, you know, that we’re saying around money? The other thing that we are creating for our kids is we’re creating their emotional landscape around money. As parents, right? When discussions about money come up, are they charged? Is there tension because we’re avoiding talking about money with our partner? Or when our kids ask for something, what is the emotions that we’re reacting with? Are we reacting with stress? Like, we don’t have money for that? Are we reacting with anger? Like, why would you think I can afford that? Are we reacting with maybe like a little bit of mania? Of like, sure, whatever. Yeah, let’s get that. We can figure it out, right? All of these reactions that we have shape our kids emotional landscapes around money, right? Like we are creating the emotional and narrative foundation upon which they are building their financial beliefs. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:47]: 

Right? And building their financial lives. It’s not fun to think about. But the reality is, is that as parents, we are playing a big hand in creating our kids money stories, right? We can think back to our own parents and the things that they did and said that still come into our own heads. You, it might be that your parents said certain things like money doesn’t grow on trees or like, we can’t afford that. They still pop into your own head, you know, years and years later. We are actually the ones who are planting those seeds for our kids now, right? They are absorbing everything that we say and do, which is why it’s so important for us to stop and think about what we want our kids to believe about money. So once we notice and acknowledge that we’re having quite a bit of impact on the little people around us when it comes to their relationship with money, then the good news is we get to stop and think about what we want to do differently, right? What do we want our kids to believe about money? How do we want them to feel around money? And I’m actually not going to tell you what that is for you because money is so personal. So it might be for you that you want your kids to believe that money is about helping others. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:00]: 

You know, that charity and justice are really important. Those might be things that you want to have your kids associating with money. You might want to have them seeing you do things that shows that money can help others who have not been as fortunate of you folks who are marginalized by systems that might be a big value for you. Money for you might also be about self sufficiency. It might be about creating your own stability and foundation so you don’t have to rely on other people. Right? Maybe that is what you want to model to your kids. There is no right answer to what money is, right. Generally speaking, I like to talk and think about money as a resource or a tool, but what you do with it, right? Like what should tools be used for is up to you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:42]: 

And this is where money is so, so powerful. Because it’s the way that we talk about it and what we do with it that actually shapes the meaning of it. Money in itself doesn’t actually have a lot of meaning, right. Which gives us a lot of room to be creative, but it also gives us a lot of responsibility as we’re thinking about it. So as we’re thinking about modeling to the kids, the first question is, yeah, what are your values around money? You know, what do you think money is for? What do you want your kids to believe about money? And then how do you want them to feel about money? Right. Is money about being sober and clear minded, making very like, clear decisions? Is money about fun and joy and seizing, you know, seizing life, seizing the day? Is money about responsibility and teaching them to be responsible and thoughtful? Right. Do we want money to be something that is very serious or is money neutral? Right. Again, thinking about what it is that we want our kids to be getting from us when it comes to money. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:45]: 

Thinking about these things and being intentional about what we model is a gift for future kids. And this is something that I’ve talked with therapists about over the years as folks are coming into money skills for therapists specifically, and they’re thinking about changing their own relationship with money. It is so powerful to be able to stop and be intentional and give our kids a different experience than we had. If you grew up in a household where money was never talked about and there’s this like silence, just you starting to talk openly about money with your kids, right? To help them actually build skills around money and talk about like, okay, you have allowance, you know, are you going to use it on this or this? What’s important to you, helping them build those skills that maybe you were never taught is in itself so, so powerful, right? So when we are starting to improve our relationship with money, there’s a positive ripple effect that invariably is going to happen with Our kids. But when we’re also aware of that and intentional around that, we have so much opportunity to have this huge positive impact on our kids when it comes to their relationship with money. Right. And make it so that they don’t grow up and are like, well, I don’t know what to do because my parents never talked about money. I don’t know how things were done, you know, And I’ve seen this over the years, even with folks who had parents who were very financially skilled, parents who were accountants. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:01]: 

If money wasn’t talked about at home, the knowledge and skills weren’t passed on. Right. Like, holding that knowledge to yourself doesn’t actually help your kids. Money is an area that we all need skills. And you helping to have your kids develop, like language around money, skills around money, the ability to just talk about money really, really early on is preventing them from maybe getting into some of the situations that you’ve got into over the years where you don’t know how to do something. And you’re assuming everybody else does, but they also don’t know, but you’re stuck in silence, right? When your kids can talk openly about money and come to you in the future and say, I want to buy a car, but I’m not sure is this a good idea and you’re able to actually be with them in that question and help them look at numbers is an enormous gift that will save your kids some of the financial stress that maybe you’ve experience experienced in your life by giving them the foundation to be able to actually talk about money. Money in itself is also a form of power. And that’s something that I know. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:01]: 

As helpers and healers, we can often feel kind of icky about. I find as helpers and healers, we can sometimes have a bit of a not black and white thinking around power. We could say where it’s like, power is bad. We don’t want to have that. Power hurts people. Whereas I think that’s where we struggle sometimes to really charge for our work because we know that not everybody has equal access to power, but we are all in skilled professions where we get paid well for what we do. And we can use that privilege and that value that we’ve created by getting great educations, by making sure money does good things, and we can model that to our kids. So when we model to our kids, yep, we make money and we use that money to take care of our debt. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:50]: 

We’re saving for your education, we’re saving for our future. We’re also supporting these causes that is your kids seeing how money is a powerful tool that can do many positive things at the same time. Right? So when we avoid the power of money, when we don’t look at it ourselves, when we’re not talking about it, first of all, our kids are just inheriting whatever unconscious stories are flying around, but also not. They’re not then getting the education and language to be able to powerfully use money themselves. Right? So when we can start having these conversations with our kids, whether your kid is three, that’s when I started giving my own son allowance. It was a little early, honestly, but I was keen. Whether your child is 3 or whether your child is 23. And maybe you didn’t talk about money when they were growing up. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:34]: 

There’s still the opportunity now to start to have these conversations with them and share your own growth. I have one duo who’ve gone through Money skills for therapists. First a mother came through and then a daughter. Both lovely, lovely, lovely therapists. And it was like, it makes me so immensely happy to see folks doing their work, their kids doing their work like families healing themselves in terms of their financial narratives, in terms of their feelings and building skills. It’s never too late for us to learn how to have a better relationship with money. And it’s never too late to model that who our kids. So these are my thoughts for you today about kids and money. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:16]: 

Just remembering that everything we do, our kids are absorbing whether we want them to or not. So we might as well be intentional and think about what we want them to think and believe about money and what skills we want them to have. And by stopping and being clear about that and doing some active modeling and opening the space to talk about money, you are equipping your kids to have a way better head start on building a healthy relationship with money than maybe you ever did. So set aside some time to talk to your kiddos about money. You will not regret it. Thank you so much for joining me today. I am Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. If you are ready to go from money confusion and fear to feeling clear and empowered, my Free on Demand masterclass is the best place for you to start. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:06]: 

You’re going to learn my four step framework to get your private practice finances working for you. Register today using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. I look forward to supporting you. 

 

 

 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved

197: Money, Boundaries, and Lessons from Group Practice Ownership

197: Money, Boundaries, and Lessons from Group Practice Ownership 

As therapists, most of us were never taught how to run a business—let alone how to manage money, payroll, hiring, or leadership in a way that’s both ethical and sustainable.  

Licensed therapist and group practice owner Gordon Brewer and I talk openly about money mindset, generosity, boundaries, hiring mistakes, and what it really takes to create a financially sustainable group practice without burning yourself out or sacrificing quality of care. 

If you identify as a people-pleaser, an over-giver, or a “nice” leader who are quietly paying the price for unclear boundaries, this episode is for you.  

Gordon opens up about what didn’t work when building his group practice, what had to change, and how learning to lead with clarity—rather than guilt—ultimately benefited both his team and his business. 

“Being kind means setting expectations and boundaries so people know what to expect. Being nice often means avoiding those conversations—and that’s where things fall apart.” Gordon Brewer 

Mistakes Made and Lessons Learned: Building a Sustainable Group Practice

Gordon shares how over-giving with compensation, avoiding hard conversations, and underestimating the importance of clear financial systems led to stress and instability in his practice. Through hiring missteps, money mindset work, and implementing Profit First, he learned that sustainable leadership requires clarity, boundaries, and a willingness to course-correct. 

(00:04:16) Gordon’s Journey to Owning a Group Practice and Hosting a Podcast 

(00:09:37) Sustainability Over Generosity: Lessons in Business 

(00:13:08) Navigating Money Stigma in Group Practice Ownership 

(00:17:51) Money Management and Hiring Lessons 

(00:20:05) How Boundaries and Values Shape Your Success with Finances 

(00:23:39) Parenting: Commands Disguised as Questions 

(00:27:03) Employee Benefits vs. Contracting 

(00:31:07) Planning for Financial Stability and Rebuilding a Sustainable Practice 

(00:36:43) How to Avoid Over-Giving in Your Private Practice 

Building a Practice That’s Generous and Sustainable

Gordon’s reflections highlight a truth I see again and again in my work with therapists: sustainability doesn’t come from good intentions alone. It comes from aligning your values with clear business decisions, financial transparency, and leadership that supports everyone involved—including you. 

Key takeaways you can apply right now: 

  • Run the numbers before calling something “generous.” 
    High splits, low fees, or extra perks aren’t generous if they put your practice at risk. Sustainability is what allows generosity to continue. 
  • Being “nice” can quietly lead to burnout. 
    Avoiding boundaries and hard conversations may feel compassionate in the moment, but it often creates resentment and instability over time. 
  • Kind leadership is clear leadership. 
    Setting expectations upfront—and holding people to them—is one of the most respectful things you can do for your team. 
  • Money stories shape business decisions more than we realize. 
    Beliefs about greed, selfishness, or worthiness often come from family or faith backgrounds and deserve to be examined—not blindly obeyed. 
  • It’s never too late to course correct. 
    Gordon’s willingness to rebrand, rebuild systems, and restructure his business model created a healthier practice that better served everyone involved. 

If you’re noticing patterns of over-giving, financial stress, or people-pleasing in your practice, I hope this episode helps you feel less alone—and more empowered to lead with clarity and confidence. Sustainable, ethical business decisions aren’t a betrayal of your values. They’re how you protect them. 

Get to know Gordon Brewer

Gordon Brewer, MEd, LMFT is a licensed marriage and family therapist, group practice owner, and host of The Practice of Therapy podcast, where he supports clinicians in building sustainable, values-aligned private practices. With decades of experience in the mental health field, Gordon brings a grounded, real-world perspective to leadership, money mindset, hiring, and financial systems in group practice ownership. He is also an AAMFT Approved Supervisor and consultant, known for sharing both his successes and hard-earned lessons with honesty and generosity. 

Follow Gordon Brewer: 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/psychcraftllc/ 

Website: https://practiceoftherapy.com/ 

Email: gordon@practiceoftherapy.com 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

Gordon Brewer [00:00:00]: 

Now, I think there’s this unspoken stigma around money in that if you are making a lot of money or you’re doing well financially, then you’re not being generous, then you’re not being helpful because you’re keeping too much for yourself. You’re being selfish, you’re being greedy. All of those kinds of things are kind of embedded in that self talk and that self story that we tell ourselves. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:00:29]: 

Welcome to Money Skills for Therapy , the podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm clarity and confidence with their finances. If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapy ists. Before we jump in, check out my free On Demand masterclass. You’ll find the link in the show notes or@moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. Let’s get started. Hello and welcome back to the podcast. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:07]: 

Before we get into today’s episode, I wanted to share a review. The review says, Great podcast. Five stars. Linzy’s positive, competent and supportive style provides a framework to understand private practice finances and explore what holds you back for being as successful as you can be. Thank you so much Dr. M. Ivey for your review. I so appreciate you taking the time and for your kind words. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:32]: 

And I think Dr. M. Ivey, you’re going to find today’s episode also very helpful when it comes to exploring what’s holding you back from being as successful as you can be. Today’s guest is Gordon Brewer. Gordon is lmft. He is a group practice owner in Tennessee and he is also the person behind the practice of therapy, the podcast and courses. And today, Gordon and I talk about mistakes that has made along the way of building his group practice. We dig into concepts of the difference between nice and being kind. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:06]: 

We talk about stories around generosity and some of his own money stories that came into his early days of building his group practice specifically. But we also talk about how these things show up in all these different facets of our relationship with money. And we also talk about his having to change course and fix these mistakes and how he did that and what it was like to do that because we are all going to make mistakes when we are building our practices. I make mistakes all the time. Probably made some mistakes just within the last month and that is part of building a Business. So much of our success as business owners has to do with being able to stop, identify a mistake that is being made, and sometimes having to take big action to rectify it. So Gordon shares about his own experience of having to do that, what it took, how he did it. And I hope in that you will find inspiration today in being able to stop and identify maybe some of the mistakes you’re making right now and take action to actually change them, because that is what allows us to be successful in our private practices. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:11]: 

Here is my conversation with Gordon Brewer. So, Gordon, welcome to the podcast. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:03:22]: 

Well, it’s good to be here. Thanks for having me, Linzy. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:25]: 

Yeah, I’m very excited to have you here. I had the pleasure of being on your podcast recently, recording with you, and it was one of those lovely things to connect with somebody whose name I’ve heard for years, and then to meet you and to have you be just as lovely as, you know, like, I, you know, as the folks who I’ve met said, it’s always nice to meet other folks who are supporting therapists and, you know, find just really great people there. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:03:47]: 

Right, right. Well, you’re very kind. Yes. I really enjoy this format, and I’ve just met just tons of great people just like you all over the years, and I learn a lot. I learn a lot. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:00]: 

Yeah, yeah. Which is one of the nice things about having a podcast is we just get to have great conversations that benefit us and also, you know, hundreds or thousands of other people. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:08]: 

Sure, sure. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:09]: 

So, Gordon, for folks who have not had the pleasure yet of hearing about you and the work that you do, could you give us a bit of an introduction? 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:04:16]: 

Sure. So, yeah, I’m Gordon Brewer. I’m a licensed marriage and family therapist, and I own a small group practice in Northeast Tennessee in a little, small metropolitan area called the Tri Cities and Kingsport, Tennessee, specifically. But, yeah, my practice is Kingsport Counseling Associates, and I have five clinicians besides myself that work for me, plus one admin person. And I made the decision, as I’ve gone along just to kind of keep it small. There’s a lot of different touchstones along the way where you have to make decisions, which we could spend a whole day talking about those different decisions you have to make along along the way. But also, people probably might know me from my podcast, the Practice of Therapy y podcast, which I’ve been doing since 2017. So I got into the podcasting world, I guess, really when it was just really starting to take off, and people. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:05:16]: 

People really got interested in podcasts, but it focuses on helping clinicians like you do, Linzy, with really focusing kind of on the clinical side. I mean, the business side of running a private practice primarily. But I’ve also been delving into different clinical topics as well because I think that there’s a lot of crossover there between that and also I have a. In 2022, I started a podcast network called the Sitecraft Network. And that’s really for people in this space, either self help people that are doing self help or psychology or whatever. And also the business side of running a private practice just to give a platform for people to find us easily, more easily, and also just some cross promotion and support mainly. That’s what I’ve been doing. My podcast, the Practice of Therapy y podcast is we’re getting ready to come out with our 400th episode as we’re recording this with you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:20]: 

But yeah, so I’m excited about. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:22]: 

That’s amazing. Yeah, that’s amazing. And I love that you also are diving into clinical topics because that’s something that I notice in myself doing this work with therapists that I think is specific and also needed is that we are doing business, you know, so some general business things do apply to us. You can read general business books and glean helpful things, but there’s also specific facets of therapy and the service of therapy and the ethics of therapy and the complexity that normal business rules do not apply to. We’ve kind of got, you know, we’ve got an extra set of considerations we need to be making as we’re making business decisions. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:06:59]: 

Sure. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:00]: 

Because we’re also working with folks who are very vulnerable to us. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:07:03]: 

Right, right. And also I think too a big topic that comes up is just self care for therapists because we deal with very heavy stuff day in and day out. And so being able to look at caring for ourselves and then also just the added stress of running a business and that kind of thing just all can create a perfect storm, so to speak, for just being able to. The need for taking care of yourself. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:28]: 

Yes. Yeah, it’s a perfect storm for burnout, I think, is what it is. And so, yeah, we need to be extra well to do this work. So you’ve walked this road for a while, you’ve built a group, you’ve got your podcast coming up to 400 episodes, you’ve got your podcast network. So you’ve done a lot, you’ve built a lot of amazing things. And something that I sometimes notice about folks who are maybe earlier in their business journey, maybe starting out in private practice or only a Couple years in is. It’s easy to look at people who are ahead of you and to assume that they have it figured out that they know what they were doing or always have known what they were doing, that they’ve walked this road perfectly. So today I want to dig in with you on the opposite of that, which is the mistakes that you’ve made as you’ve been building off the top. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:15]: 

What are some of the mistakes that come to mind for you? Financial mistakes as you’ve been building your businesses? 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:08:20]: 

Yeah, well, let’s get the big, long list out. But there’s. Yeah, there’s been a lot of mistakes, but I think one in particular was when I. I made the decision, and this directly relates to the money side of things. When I made the decision to bring on other therapists into my practice, I had reached that point as a kind of a solo practitioner. I had a person who was. I was supervising, and she was starting to see clients and that sort of thing, and we were kind of operating independently. But I decided, okay, well, I’m getting full. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:08:58]: 

I’d like to be able to benefit from the brand that I formed and all that kind of thing. And so I brought on people, and I initially brought on the people that were working for me just as independent contractors, because I thought, okay, that’s simple. That’s what I’ve heard about. And I don’t have to worry about, for those of us in the United States, the fica, the income tax stuff, and having to pay all that, and all those complicated things. But one of the things that I did is I thought, well, I want to be generous. I want it to be worthwhile for people. So I came up with, I thought, was a good split of the. What we refer to as the split as far as they get a percentage. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:09:37]: 

Of what? Of the clients that they see. And so I just kind of thought, well, this sounds like a good, good thing. And so the big mistake I made was, is I didn’t really look at my numbers well ahead of time, and I just kind of randomly picked a percentage. And what I found as I was growing and the people that were working with me, their caseloads were growing and that sort of thing. And when it came time to pay them, I thought, oh, my gosh, this is a stretch. I was having to pay them out of what I produced in the long run, that was just not sustainable. So I had to kind of regroup and figure that out. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:20]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:22]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:23]: 

Which is not fun. Right. Like, at that point, because. And I see this so Often, I don’t know. I’ve so rarely seen a group practice owner who actually sets a sustainable split from the beginning, which I think is our nature as caring people. And I think often what I see group practice owners do is they look at other situations that they perceive to be inequitable or bad or that actually were, you know, like, bad situation. They’re like, I’m not gonna do that. So they set a split that’s much more generous, is the term that you used, than what is typical without. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:56]: 

Yeah, as you say, like running the math and seeing. Because, you know, what I’m hearing is as your business was growing and there’s more and more money coming in, it was still incredibly tight to run payroll. Like, more money coming in the door didn’t mean that money was there for what it actually needed to do. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:11:10]: 

Right, right. And I think a big part of. When you look at the motivation behind that, I think for a lot of us, when we got into. Got into practice, just in general, maybe we work for an agency and that sort of thing. And as you start learning and listening to the chatter, well, they’re bringing in this amount of money, but we’re only getting paid X amount of money. And that just doesn’t seem fair. And so that was kind of the story I was living with, is that I wanted to be generous with that and wanted them to keep a lot of what they were producing, which, again, is a very good thing. But it’s not sustainable. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:11:51]: 

You end up losing money, and if you’re losing money, you’re not going to be able to stay in practice. You have to just kind of understand that. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:59]: 

And I’m curious for you because I think there’s kind of different sometimes levels or facets to what drives us to make this kind of decision. Because I see this, this is so common. I think that this is one of our Achilles heels as therapists in business. I’m curious for you, that motivator to be generous, is that about a certain value you’re trying to live out? Is that about trying to avoid a specific negative story? Like, do you know what really drove that for you specifically to make that decision? 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:12:29]: 

Well, I think as much as anything is, I wanted it to. I’m a helper. And that’s part of my. Like you said, that’s part of my core values, is that I want to be helpful to people and. And I enjoy helping people connect and I enjoy helping people be successful. Any of us that go into the therapy field, that’s kind of an underlying thing. And so that translated over to the people that were working with me. The other part of it is just the whole money mindset that I think a lot of us get handed just growing up, depending on how we grew up and that sort of thing. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:13:08]: 

And I think there’s this unspoken stigma around money, and that if you are making a lot of money or you’re doing well financially, then you’re not being generous, then you’re not being helpful because you’re keeping too much for yourself, you’re being selfish, you’re being greedy. All of those kinds of things are kind of embedded in that self talk and that self story that we tell ourselves. And so a lot of it was just really kind of getting past that, of recognizing that, okay, I’ve got to make money in order for the other people to make money, in order to stay in business, in order to help people. Because unless you got. You’re a nonprofit and you’ve got millions of dollars of grant money coming in, it can’t be sustained. So you have to make a profit in order to keep going. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:02]: 

Yeah, yeah. Because if you don’t have a profit, you. You’re going to be kind of giving it all away at the beginning and then have to close. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:08]: 

Right, right, right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:10]: 

And if we think about the actual impact of that over time in terms of, like, clients served and people having stable employment, and then also you. The impact on you of having to recover from that burnout and rebuild something else, I would argue that there’s much less good that happens in the world when we kind of like, give too much and then have to stop and regroup and build something entirely new all over, all over again. Yeah. And the term generous is sticking out to me because I hear generous as a motivator for it. I’m also thinking for some folks, it’s about, like, justice or equity or even like a class identity of like, I am not a rich person. This is not who I am. I want to be. If I become that, then I’m a bad person. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:51]: 

Yeah. It just occurs to me there’s just so many, so many stories that lead to this exact same mistake, kind of depending on our specific mix of money stories that we’ve grown up with. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:01]: 

Right, right. And I think too, just looking at, even going farther back, at looking at our family of origin and just what we grew up and the message that we had about money. Growing up, I grew up in, My dad was a pastor in my family, kind of the underlying message around money was that money comes through the generosity of others. Being in business was not. That’s not what we do kind of thing. That was kind of the message. And then learning later in life, my dad was just not a great money manager. He didn’t learn that skill. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:38]: 

And so, you know, if there was something. I’m dating myself, but in that. The era that my dad was operating in is that as a pastor of a church, you were dependent on the members of the church or the members of the congregation to provide for you. And that’s. That’s how they set it up, too. I mean, they didn’t. They would have a parsonage, you know, where they provided housing and a stipend and that kind of thing. So there was not really built into that an ability to build equity, so to speak, and assets. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:11]: 

You just survived and you. You got fed and you had a roof over your head and that kind of thing. And there wasn’t a lot of extravagance built in with that. And so as you think about that, that’s a whole message about money that can. Can feed a lot of the things that. That people do. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:29]: 

Yeah, absolutely. And something that strikes me about that is, is that story about generosity was true for your dad. Yes, your dad did rely on the generosity of his parishioners because they didn’t have to give him a certain amount of money. There was not actually a contractual agreement. You come this many Sundays, you pay this much for Sunday, or this is your membership fee. It’s like he had to rely on people feeling generous in order to get paid. And so for him, generosity and money were hand in hand in terms of the job that he had. And then I’m hearing, you know, that then you inherited that story and kind of took it into this different space as you became a group practice owner. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:05]: 

You’re right. Exactly. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:07]: 

So I’m hearing that that was one big mistake. You said you had a list, and I want to hear more of the list. Yeah, yeah. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:17:12]: 

So, yeah. And I think. I think the other thing was, is just very few. I think there are a few graduate programs that are starting to teach business and money skills and that kind of thing. But knowing how to run a business, particularly a small business, and understanding this whole idea of knowing your numbers, the accounting, the bookkeeping, all of those kinds of things. I didn’t know those things, and so I had to learn them. But once I started learning them, there were. It really got pretty exciting then because I thought, oh, this is how this works. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:17:51]: 

This is how this all fits together. And I think a pivotal moment for me on just the money side of things was when I read the book Profit first by Mike Michalowicz, just thinking about, oh, okay, if I structure things this way, this is going to make my life much easier and take so much stress out of making sure there’s enough money there for the things that needed to be there for taxes, for paying your employees, for reserves, for slow times. And all of those kinds of things were kind of built into that system. And so I think that was a big learning curve for me because other than that, like I said, I was paying my people too much, number one. And so I was struggling to kind of make payroll every month as far as covering that for people. The other thing, too, and this is kind of a little bit of a not so much a money thing, but it does relate to money, is knowing how to hire the right people in a group practice. Because I made some hiring mistakes and also not setting expectations early on for people. And so I had a therapist that I had hired that I kept on too long. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:19:11]: 

They were not following through on things. They weren’t getting their session notes done, and they were not collecting from clients and just all kinds of stuff like that. And I tended to bury my head in the sand about that because I wanted to be nice. So a mistake I made was being too nice about things and also not setting expectations on the front end and then holding people accountable for that. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:39]: 

Yes. This is a bit of a theory that I’ve developed just recently. It’s an observation of myself and also my students, my therapists, who I work with is, I think, many therapists. The first struggle that we experience in terms of boundaries and being nice in private practice is with our clients. Right? We want to be nice. We don’t want them to have to pay more than they can afford. And so we make assumptions or we let them set a very low sliding scale price with us. That’s usually a very early in practice mistake. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:05]: 

Right. And then, yeah, we maybe, like, don’t set a lot of boundaries and clarity around your treatment plan. You really do need to come every two weeks or every week of creating those boundaries. And then what I do find is once we work through those things, which take time to work through that first level of being able to hold boundaries and be clear with our clients. For therapists who then get to the place where they want to build a group practice, then we repeat those same mistakes in a new way with our team. Because now we want to be a good boss, and now we have to work through these stories about what A good boss is. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:20:41]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:42]: 

Right. And not wanting to be like a mean, demanding boss. But then we end up, I think, in these poor boundary situations with our team quite easily. I see this pattern all the time. I see it in myself, as I said, too, and I see it in my students. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:20:58]: 

Yeah. As I tell my own therapist, I’m a recovering people pleaser. And so, you know, one of the great greatest things you can learn with that is the word no. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:08]: 

Yes. Yes. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:21:09]: 

And you talked about setting boundaries with clients. I think one mistake, too, that people will do is they will, even when it comes to scheduling, is they won’t stick to their schedule. Can you not see me at such and such a time? Well, okay. And then that just creates a precedent that just can lead to a lot of burnout and a lot of. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:32]: 

Yeah. Because in those small decisions, I believe we often think we’re being kind. You know, we think that this is the kind thing to do. Like, oh, they can’t come that day. They want to see me at 6. Sure. Like, it’s only once or it’s fine. I don’t want them to miss their session. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:46]: 

So we think we’re being kind. But so quickly that leads to resentment and exhaustion. And I’m thinking with our team members, too, when you’re mentioning of not holding them accountable to expectations, also very quickly, you know, your feelings about that person are not gonna be very positive. It’s not gonna be a positive relationship for you anymore. And so, like, is that actually kind? You know, I think that that narrative falls apart quite quickly with the immediate impacts of not having clear communication with our team. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:22:18]: 

Yeah. And one thing I’ve heard is the difference between being nice and. And the different. And being kind. You know, being kind to someone, you set expectations and they know what to expect from you and they know what the boundary is and they’re not hit with any surprises. Whereas being nice just. People can tend to run over you and can just have no boundaries whatsoever. I mean, it’s not a great comparison, but it’s much like being a parent. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:22:49]: 

You can be nice to your kids and be friendly to your kids and never say no. But guess what’s going to happen? You know, it’s not going to. It’s not going to turn out well in the long run, but you can. But if you’re kind and you set boundaries and you treat people with dignity and all of that sort of thing, that’s a much better outcome. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:09]: 

Absolutely. And, you know, again, not the best comparison because obviously other therapists are not children we know that. Just thinking about another example of clear communication where there’s a power imbalance. Right. That’s another similarity between parenting and being a boss is like, you’re having communication, but ultimately one of you actually has the majority of the power. I just got some resources from my own therapist who my partner and I are seeing for some parent coaching around parenting our child. And she gave me a list of. I think it was basically ineffective communication and effective communication. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:39]: 

And something that especially millennial parents, which I fall into that bucket that we tend to do, is we don’t want to tell somebody what to do. So we ask a question, but the question is really a command. But we stated as a question like, hey, hey, hey, Auggie, do you want to put on your shoes? I’m not asking if he wants to put on his shoes. Really, I need him to put on his shoes. We need to get out the door. Right. But because I’m not actually holding that and I say, do you want to put on your shoes? If he says no, what am I going to do next? Now I’m frustrated because I want to put on his shoes, but I didn’t actually tell him he needs to put on his shoes. I made it seem like he had a choice, but he doesn’t have a choice. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:15]: 

Right. So there’s a disservice there that we’re doing that creates confusion and friction and then all sorts of residual emotion when we’re not actually being directive, but we really need to give directions. It’s not a question of, like, well, do you think you could see 10 clients a week? The actual statement there is, I need you to see 10 clients a week. Can you make that happen? How do we make that happen? If you can’t make that happen? We need to talk about what that means. But I think, again, in our efforts to be nice, being nice can actually be quite unkind in the end. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:45]: 

Yes. Yeah, yeah, exactly. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:47]: 

Yeah. And I love that distinction there. So, you know, I am curious, Gordon, thinking about these two examples that you’ve given us, these two mistakes, you know, of first of all, the kind of overly generous around compensation and then trying to be nice and not setting clear expectations for your team. How did you turn these things around and what did it take for you to turn these things around? Because I’m sure there’s many things, therapists listening right now who either applying this to their clients or who are group practice owners who are thinking like, oh, no, I’m doing those things right now. How did you fix this? 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:25:20]: 

Yeah, yeah. So one thing is, with what I was paying my therapist is I made the shift from having just contractors to having all employees. And so what I did to make that shift is I had to do a lot of prep for that. Because if you’re, if you’re paying employees, you do need to make sure you’ve got a reserve there. And so I did a deep dive into the numbers of looking at, okay, what is my practice is an insurance based practice. And so what we get paid per session varies. So I had to figure out what the average per session we were bringing in actually was. And so then I looked at that, and then I looked at what I would need to pay out as far as taxes and all that kind of thing. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:26:11]: 

And I came up with a number. And so I knew when I was going to make the shift that I was going to probably lose some people. And I just had to accept that. But that also gave me the chance to kind of start over a little bit. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:30]: 

And that is a transition that I find some group practice owners have a huge amount of fear around. Is switching from that contractor to employee model partially, I think it’s because folks kind of overestimate what is required to be an employer versus a contractor. They think that contractor, it’s kind of like we were just talking about the nice versus kind. They think that it’s nice to have contractors because then the contractors can do what they want and they don’t have to worry about taxes and whatever. But there’s all these clear benefits to having employees instead. What have you noticed is the difference for you now that your team is made up of employees rather than contractors? 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:27:03]: 

Well, for one thing, I’m able to offer them more. As far as we now have, we have health insurance, we have all these benefits. And so that was basically how I presented it to people. Is that, okay, I know you would probably want some health insurance, you would want to have a retirement plan and you’d want to. And so I just did a comparison sheet. You’re making this as a contractor on average, and this is what you’d make as an employee. But out of what you’re making as a contractor, you’re also having to pay this much self employment tax and this much of this and that. And it actually, when it all came down to it, they came out better in the long run and that they were getting more for what they were doing than they were before. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:27:50]: 

Right. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:27:50]: 

And also just switching from a contractor model to an employee model, you have much more control over what they do. Because as A contractor, at least here in the United States, you can’t really dictate how they do their job. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:05]: 

Yes. Which I do see is a struggle with group practice owners that I work with and money skills. Group practice owners, once we start to do that, deep dive into their numbers and they realize like, oh, wow, this person is seeing, seeing two clients a week. It’s costing me this much money in overhead and admin team and my own time to employ them, but they’re only seeing two people. With a contractor, you don’t have actually a lot of ability to enforce how many folks they see. And so again now you end up in this situation where they have this flexibility and yet it’s not sustainable. What you’re doing here is. Cannot go forward. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:41]: 

But as employees, you’re able to say, these are the expectations. This is when I need you to work. This is what the work needs to look like. Because it makes me think too, about quality of service. When you are an employer, when you’re the boss and they’re your employee, it’s very clear that you have a say over kind of how they work and the quality of their work, which is important because this is your brand and you want to make sure clients are getting good care. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:29:02]: 

Right. And so I think as much as anything, it was also just being. I was just somewhat transparent with people saying, okay, look, the way we’re doing it now, we can’t sustain this. I’m not. We’ll have to close the doors in a year if we keep doing it this way. And I think a big thing was, is that I was able to keep some of the aspects of being a contractor in terms of flexibility of schedule. You decide what you. How many clients you want to see. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:29:32]: 

But in order to be get the benefits, the health insurance, you need to see a minimum of 20 clients a week. You know, just being able to be transparent about the numbers and kind of show them how all that works to some degree and educate them on that. And so in the long run, it worked out all right. I lost. I’ve got one of the people that originally started with me, Krista. She’s a rock star and she just, she stuck it out and. But also she’s the kind of person that is. Which again, in thinking about your hiring, not to get too far off on a tangent, there are people out there that would really just want to see clients and not worry about the business side of things. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:30:14]: 

And so that’s where Krista is. She doesn’t care about the business side of things. She’s not interested in that. But I love seeing clients and I love seeing, doing the clinical work. And so I’m just going to focus on that. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:26]: 

Yes. Yeah. And that is as a group practice owner, I think your ideal kind of hire, Right. Somebody who just loves the clinical work, is so happy that you’re taking care of all these other parts that they have no interest in. You can take great care of them, give them benefits, create a great positive work environment, and it’s a very mutually beneficial relationship, Right? Yeah, exactly. I am curious, Gordon, thinking about the switch that it took. I’m hearing you were transparent with your team, which you kind of laid it out. How was it for you personally to have to lay out these numbers for your team, make this announcement? I assume it was kind of a bit of an announcement. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:05]: 

Do you remember what that process was like? 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:31:07]: 

Well, I think when I recognize that, okay, I’m not going to be able to sustain this if I keep doing what I’m doing and being very realistic about that. One of the things, fortunately, that I did early on and had the foresight to do, which was a good thing, was as I made sure I had put a lot of money in reserve. When I first went into private practice, I was really doing it very part time in that I was still working for an agency. Also, when I left the agency, I had another kind of part time administrative job that I was doing. And so I had income coming in, so I knew I had a steady state source of income. And so I devoted my first year in private practice as a solo practitioner of just taking that money and setting it aside. And so with just kind of that plan of, okay, at some point I’m going to go into this full time, but I want to make sure that I’ve got a reserve there. So that if I had struggled with getting clients or people didn’t call or for whatever disaster might happen, I was ready for that. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:32:18]: 

So that was a big part of how I made the transition is I knew I had that in reserve. And also, like I said earlier, is accepting the fact that, okay, if I make these changes, I might need to literally start over from scratch as far as building the practice. But I also knew that, okay, I can build the practice, I’ve done it. And I knew that we have the client base and the fact that we, we were insurance based was gonna, it was gonna kind of work. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:32:49]: 

And so, yeah, and I, I have seen this happen. I’m thinking in a couple of my group practice owners, my students in money skills, group practice owners, who basically end up actively or the end result is that their practice kind of burns to the ground and then they have to rebuild it. And that is a scary moment as a business owner, seeing like your team say, like, no, actually I’d rather go work for, for Alma, or no, I don’t want to see more than two clients a week. But it gives you the chance to rebuild something that’s actually sustainable. And what I’ve observed with them too is the new team members who come in, they don’t know about the bad boundaries before and the other split that existed. You do get this fresh start when you have a big turnover because you get to build the practice. Right. Knowing all that you’ve learned along the way. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:35]: 

So a bit of a rebuild. And I’m curious for you, was it kind of like an exodus that happened at that time or did many folks stay on when you made that transition? 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:33:43]: 

I went through some ups and downs. I mean, I had, like I said, I had Krista, who’s been with me the longest, she stuck through it. But looking back now at that transition, none of the people that were here then are there now. And so, but what it allowed me do is to build something that was actually more appealing to people. You know, I thought this other way was, was a good way, but actually what I came up with later on was much better. And so the people I’ve had, I have now have been fairly long term employees and so they’ve stuck it out. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:34:19]: 

Yeah, because it sounds like what you’ve built now too is taking care of people at a deeper level. Right. Like when you have a team of contractors, it’s like, here’s all the money, do whatever you want with it. And some folks want that. And most of those folks will eventually be solo practitioners. Let’s be real. Yeah, right. Like as soon as they start to develop the confidence and skills to build their own business, they’re going to go make as much money as they can on their own. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:34:39]: 

But what I’m hearing is you’ve managed to now build something that it really is taking care of your team. Right. Like with you’re mentioning like health insurance and still like having that flexibility and I’m thinking probably your team environment, other benefits you’re offering and that ultimately is much more appealing and sustainable than contractors being kind of given the maximum amount of money. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:01]: 

Exactly. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:02]: 

Gordon, thank you. This has been so helpful to hear your learning and I think for people listening too, it’s so nice to know that somebody who’s been so successful as you are and has built so many great things, has also had to learn through some trial and error. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:35:17]: 

Right. And I would say, and I tell people this, people that might be starting out in private practice, never compare your beginning point to someone else’s middle point. Because. Yeah, because this whole story we’ve been telling today has said, okay, that was my beginning point. And I made a lot of mistakes and learned a lot the hard way, as I like to say. And so. And you’ll make mistakes and just I think it’s important to look at it. Okay, what am I learning from this? What can I do to change courses, to change paths and that sort of thing. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:50]: 

Precisely. Yeah. But it’s only by actually doing and, you know, building that we can make the mistakes and move on from them. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:56]: 

Right, right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:57]: 

So, Gordon, for folks who are listening, who want to get further into your world, learn more about what you do, can you tell them where to find you, tell them about your podcast? 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:36:05]: 

Sure. The easiest way is just simply go to my website, practiceoftherapy.com and you’ll find the links there to get in touch with me and that sort of thing. You can email me@gordon practiceoftherapy.com and also find us on social media, on Instagram and Facebook and LinkedIn, I think our main focus areas. And so, yeah, you can find us there. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:36:32]: 

Great. Thank you so much for joining me today, Gordon. 

  

Gordon Brewer [00:36:34]: 

Well, thanks for having me, Linzy. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:36:43]: 

I really appreciate Gordon sharing some of his own mistakes made on the podcast today. It’s always so helpful to hear folks who have figured it out talk about what they’ve had to go through, what they did wrong. And I do think that what he shared about today, you know, both that mistake of offering too much financially, which you know, you can do as a solo practitioner by setting a fee too low for your clients, you know, thinking about their financial situation before you think of your own. Or you can do it in the context that he was talking about, of offering too generous of a split. When you employ other therapists, that is just such a common mistake for us. As Gordon and I talked about, as helper types, our tendency tends to be to over give. So that’s always something to maybe stop and be mindful of before you set a fee or if you’re bringing on a team member for the first time, before you set a feature that split, stop and ask yourself, am I being overly generous here? Am I giving too much? And what would actually be the sustainable version of these numbers? Because I think that as therapist types, our tendency is going to be to over give. So maybe just assume that you’re over giving and stop and look at how you can actually make a sustainable offer, whether it’s to your clients or to team members, so you don’t have to go and change it later and have hard conversations of I need to raise your fee by $50 an hour or I need to change the way that we’re doing splits because this just isn’t working. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:38:08]: 

I also love him sharing about that challenge that he had, you know, with some team members around, setting expectations and boundaries and being clear about what he actually needed from his team. I know that in my myself I have experienced that. You know, that’s certainly a growth edge for me. And I see that with so many, many of the group practice owners that I work with specifically around, you know, having to learn how to be a boss. Most of us in group practice, we are baby bosses, to put it a certain way. We’ve probably been bosses for less than five years and there is so much to learn in those early years of being a boss and so many mistakes that we’re going to make. I know that I’m certainly doing my own learning and growing in this area and I think, you know, Gordon’s so story about having to correct fees with his therapist, have that hard conversation, having folks come and go, realizing that some folks just aren’t a fit. These are all really helpful learnings that I think many of us will go through and maybe we can learn from from Gordon and make some of these adjustments even sooner than he was able to. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:39:11]: 

It’s always nice to hear from folks who are just a few steps ahead of you or many steps ahead of you to see if we can adjust course a little bit sooner, get ourselves into that sustainable version of our practice that much sooner. So appreciate Gordon coming on the podcast today and you can check him out on the practice of therapy. As he said, he’s almost at 400 podcast episodes. Just such a lovely warm human. So you can check him out. Thank you so much for joining me today. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapy ists. If you are ready to go from money confusion and fear to feeling clear and empowered, my free on demand masterclass is the best place for you to start. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:39:50]: 

You’ll learn my four step framework to get your private practice finances really working for you. Register today using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. I look forward to supporting you. 

 

 

 

 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved

196: Pricing Group Therapy Offers Without Guilt

196: Pricing Group Therapy Offers Without Guilt 

As therapists, many of us feel a deep tension when it comes to pricing—especially when we’re creating group offers, workshops, or professional-facing experiences during uncertain social, political, and economic times.  

In this coaching episode, I sit down with trauma therapist Kim Torrence to explore what really comes up when we try to assign value to our work: fears about accessibility, old beliefs about service and self-sacrifice, money shame, and the pressure to “get it right” before we ever put an offer out into the world. 

This conversation goes far beyond the math of pricing. Together, we unpack the emotional and mindset barriers that often keep therapists stuck offering their most meaningful work for free or far below what’s sustainable.  

If you’re navigating private practice finances, pricing group offers or wondering how to honor both your values and your own well-being, this episode is here to support you with clarity, reassurance, and grounded next steps. 

Charging for Group Work in Your Therapy Practice

We talk about why pricing is deeply connected to mindset and visibility, not just numbers, and how perfectionism or overcomplicated tech can quietly keep meaningful offers stuck on the sidelines. Our conversation centers on starting simply, naming your value clearly, and allowing confidence to build through real-world action. 

(00:06:02) Helping Others Through Feelings of Loneliness 

(00:07:17) Operating Business as Usual During a Crisis 

(00:12:16) Valuing Self-Care for Therapists 

(00:14:50) Authentic Healing for Deep Thinkers 

(00:18:29) B2B Value and Pricing Insights 

(00:21:18) Valuing Group Offerings Effectively 

(00:24:52) Self-Worth and Vulnerability 

(00:26:36) Creating a Supportive Success Container 

(00:31:57) Gather Feedback, Build Testimonials 

(00:33:42) Stop Overcomplicating Your Work 

(00:36:24) Owning Your Value in Practice 

From Free to Paid: Navigating Pricing, Visibility, and Worth as a Therapist

If Kim’s experience feels familiar, you’re not alone. Here are a few reflections and actions I invite you to consider as you navigate pricing, worthiness, and financial sustainability in your own practice: 

  • Give your offer the credit it deserves. 
    Even a lunch-hour workshop or short group can be deeply transformational. Duration and ease do not determine impact. 
  • Price for the right people, not everyone. 
    Instead of focusing on who can’t afford your offer, get clear on who it’s truly for—especially when your work supports other professionals who carry that value forward into their own communities. 
  • Separate worth from accessibility narratives. 
    Pricing your work sustainably doesn’t make you selfish or out of touch. It allows you to keep showing up, serving, and caring for yourself long-term. 
  • Keep it simple and start anyway. 
    You don’t need a perfect website, branding, or tech stack. A clear Google Doc explaining who the offer is for, why it matters, and how to join is more than enough to begin. 

Your skills, knowledge, and presence—yes, even in a modest group format—are valuable. Pricing them too low doesn’t make your work more accessible; it often just makes it harder to keep going. When you name the real impact of what you offer, you give others permission to invest in themselves, too. 

Get to Know Kim Torrence

Kim Torrence is a trauma therapist specializing in burnout prevention and perfectionism recovery for high-achieving women professionals who are exhausted from trying to do it all. She integrates Somatic Experiencing and Internal Family Systems (IFS) to help clients experience greater peace, confidence, and connection with their authentic selves. After transitioning fully off insurance panels, Kim is now exploring creative group offers as a way to support her community while building a financially sustainable, values-aligned private practice. 

 Follow Kim Torrence: 

Website: https://kimtorrence.com/ 

Free Offer: Free group healing movement session for listeners! 

Email: kim@kimtorrence.com 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

Linzy Bonham [00:00:00]: 

I mean, the first phrase that comes to mind for me, Kim, hearing about where you’re at is new level, new devil. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:00:04]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:00:05]: 

Have you heard that phrase before? No. No. So new level, new devil. It’s like you did all this work. You got off insurance panels, you’ve set a fee, your practice is full enough that now you have creativity and bandwidth to think about something additional. And now here’s a new set of challenges that have come up, and they are kind of the same challenges as before. But as you say, this is the 2.0. Welcome to Money Skills for Therapists, the podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm clarity and confidence with their finances. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:00:41]: 

If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. Before we jump in, check out my free on demand masterclass. You’ll find the link in the show notes or@moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. Let’s get started. Hello and welcome back to the podcast. Today’s episode is a coaching conversation with Kim Torrence. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:14]: 

Kim is a graduate of Money Skills for Therapists from a few years back. She’s also a trauma therapist who specializes in burnout prevention and perfectionism recovery. And today, Kim and I dig into the challenges she’s having about pricing group offers. So this is about pricing an offer within your therapy practice. So still practicing as a therapist, but going from one to many. And we dig into some of the mindset barriers that are coming up for her as she’s thinking about this pricing. We talk about the current political climate and how hard it feels to set pricing when people are having a really hard time and lots of scary things are going on. We do talk about the idea today also of New level, New Devil. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:58]: 

You know, sometimes we overcome something at a certain level and then we go to do a new thing and new challenges come up. And sometimes our old challenges come up in new ways. Here is my conversation with Kim Torrence. So, Kim, welcome to the podcast. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:02:20]: 

Hi, Linzy. Great to be with you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:22]: 

Yes, I’m very excited to be with you again. We were just kind of trying to figure out how long it’s been since we’ve actually had a conversation. It feels like three years, but we have no actual data to support that roundabouts about that, about that. So, Kim what would be helpful for us to focus on today during our time together? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:02:43]: 

Well, first, I just want to thank you so much for this opportunity to be with you and have this conversation. I feel like I’m having the 2.0 version of our time three years ago where I’m in private practice. I’m out of network, which took me a lot to a lot of work to get off insurance. I had a lot come up around that. And I feel like I’m having a new iteration of those mindset things as I’m moving towards offering groups. There’s a lot of creative ideas that I have, like different support groups. It feels like really needed for this time. And I’m having some discomfort and tension coming up around the fee because just folding into the mix, the context of the times that we’re living in America right now is experiencing the autocratic coup. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:03:33]: 

Federal workers have been fired, people are. There’s a lot of job insecurity, climate crisis. So I’m just holding those things in mind and really wanting to be accessible. So even in my first offerings, they’ve been free or donation based. And now so I’m doing like these self care, somatic self care sessions for therapists. Yeah. And it’s, it’s a lot of fun and it’s, it’s fun to put together just all the things that I have found helpful. But I’m charging let’s say like $20 an hour, which feels okay because it’s a lunchtime thing. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:04:06]: 

It’s not really, it’s not really something I’m trying to. I’m just having fun with it, to be honest. But I am working towards. There’s a big offering coming up where I’m folding in Somatic experiencing IFS and ssp, the safe and sound protocol and. Yeah. And it just feels uncomfortable for me for some reason to put a fee of like $65, you know, per person or. But the thing also I want to say is that I, I want to offer a small group. Like, I really don’t want to have a lot of people. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:04:35]: 

So then when I look at the numbers. Yes. It ends up. Yeah. Kind of being, Being a factor. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:41]: 

Yeah, of course, of course. The math. There’s some math there. And if it’s a group of a hundred people, the fee could look different than a group of six. So I mean, the first phrase that comes to mind for me, Kim, hearing about where you’re at is new level, new devil. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:04:53]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:53]: 

Have you heard that phrase before? No. No. So new level, new devil. It’s like, you know, we’ve. You did all this work, you got off insurance panels, you know, you’ve set a fee, your practice is full enough that now you have creativity and bandwidth to think about something additional. And now here’s a new set of challenges that have come up, and they are kind of the same challenges as before. But as you say, this is the 2.0. It’s the 2.0 version. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:17]: 

Now you’re thinking about expanded offers and that the concerns about pricing and accessibility. And I’m hearing your attunement to this time and all the things that are happening is making you really pause on setting pricing. Yeah. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:05:32]: 

And another thing, I just. If I can add one more piece to it, just the cognitive dissonance, like this strange experience of business as usual. But the. But the building’s on fire. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:42]: 

Okay. Yeah. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:05:43]: 

In terms of just, like, what’s going down in this country right now. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:47]: 

Yes. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:05:47]: 

So, yeah. So, like, with this sense of urgency. Because I do believe that empathy is the. Is the cure. Like, empathy is the antidote to everything. And that’s exactly why Elon Musk says empathy is the woke virus. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:00]: 

Right. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:06:00]: 

You know? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:01]: 

Yes, yes. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:06:02]: 

So, you know, I think that there’s. There’s, like, a real need, and people are on their phones, and, like, there’s so much isolation. There’s, like, the loneliness pandemic. So that’s just adding to the, like, sense of, you know, I really want to help. I want to show up, and I want to answer to this moment. So it feels weird to, like, also raise my feet, which I haven’t done since I last worked with you and Tiffany McClain. And no shade at all. To anyone who, like, I don’t mean to say that in a way, to anyone who does have a higher fee than mine. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:06:33]: 

I’m not trying. Or people who are raising their fees. It’s no shade to them. I’m just saying for me, in me, it feels weird to be like, you know what? I’m gonna raise my fee right now. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:41]: 

Okay. Yeah. Cause. And is that your individual fee that you’re thinking about that you’re not going to raise right now? Yeah. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:06:46]: 

And I just haven’t raised it in a while. In addition to all this, it’s like, I could probably, should probably raise my fee, which is 225. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:54]: 

Okay. So, you know, I’m hearing more of kind of those context pieces. It’s like, people are lonely. We need more empathy. Shit’s kind of on fire. And yet we still have to, like, do stuff. And it actually Makes me think about war times. If you look at how people adapt to living in, like, literal war, where it’s like, yeah, the bakery might get bombed, but I need to go get bread, so I’m still going to, like, get up and live my life. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:17]: 

That’s a much more extreme version of what we have to do during times of, like, political instability or other kinds of crises. Like, Covid was kind of the same. I remember a lot of memes during COVID of, like, the world’s on fire, like, time to go to work. I don’t know. Like, yeah, like, you know, this kind of idea of business as usual while everything’s burning down around you. And, you know, this certainly feels like one of those moments, again with the political climate, but something I will also reflect to you as you’re describing what you’re offering. And the climate is like, what you’re offering right now is more valuable and impactful than ever. Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:53]: 

In terms of, you know, your ability to meet this moment and kind of be like, an antidote to what people are suffering from. I’m hearing there’s immense value in what you’re offering. Do you feel that? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:08:04]: 

Well, first, thank you for saying that. And yes, I mean, I do. I. It’s like, it feels so valuable. Like, what we’re all doing, not just me, but, like, what therapists have to offer feels so incredibly valuable that there’s, like, no price. Like, it’s so needed. And I don’t mean that in a, like, save the world mentality type of way. It just. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:08:23]: 

It just feels like that there isn’t men suffering. So. Yeah, it does. It feels really valuable. But, like, I just struggle, too, with, like, just being like, we’re in this web, you know, this web of capitalism. I think that’s a part of it for me, too, is like, looking at someone like, how someone like Donald Trump has become so powerful. You know, it’s like this is the system that enables that. So, like, being in it just feels weird and yucky. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:48]: 

Yeah. Yeah. And I think it’s, you know, this is something that I see all of us who tend to be more kind of empathetic and also idealistic. Like, we see the world as we want it to be, as it could be. You know, like, how do we breathe this air and exist within this system and still find ways to live our values and be well? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:09:08]: 

Yeah. I feel kind of like some emotion bubbling up as you say that. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:11]: 

Yeah, yeah. What emotions? Yeah. Good, you came. Came prepared. Yeah. What is that that you’re noticing? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:09:20]: 

Just like, immense caring. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:22]: 

Yes. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:09:23]: 

Yeah. And there’s, like, a lot of helplessness, too. Yeah. Seeing what’s happening with ice and people being hurt and, like, the. Just the profound suffering. Yeah. And just. I think that’s part of it is like, wanting to do something in response to that, even if it’s just so small. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:41]: 

Okay, so these groups that you’re looking, that you have been offering, they’re for therapists specifically. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:09:49]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:09:49]: 

Okay. And I’m hearing you’ve been doing them, like, over lunchtime, which I also hear is a way, just by the way, of you dismissing their value. Okay. You’re like, they’re over lunchtime. I mean, I should be paying them for coming to see me during their lunchtime. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:10:02]: 

Yeah. I mean, it’s. Because it’s. We end up dancing, you know, like, I kind of titrate it. We start with, like, we do, like, grounding, and then we end up. Because I really do believe that play and fun is important and necessary. Sorry, I didn’t mean to talk to you, though. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:16]: 

No, no, no. But yeah, I did just want to reflect that. I feel like that’s part of a story as to why this would not be something valuable. That little comment that. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:10:23]: 

You totally get that. Yeah, thanks for pointing that out. That’s true. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:26]: 

So as we think about pricing, because, like, we need to ground, too, in what you need to be well and how to make this sustainable. Because I’m hearing this, like, immense well of giving that you. You have. Right. That you want to give. We know that none of us can give infinitely and none of us can pour from an empty cup. Right. And so I want to ground a little bit as we’re thinking about this pricing. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:51]: 

And I’m hearing there’s this current offer. There’s also a bigger offer brewing inside of you of what you need to be solid and well so you can keep doing this great work in the world. Right. So if we think about financials, let’s. Let’s be with numbers a little bit. I’m hearing you’ve been charging, you said $20 an hour. $20 for the workshop. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:11:11]: 

For the workshop, yeah. And then I was offering them free up until June, I think. Okay. Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:18]: 

So you have been doing this for free, which is always a weird thing, too, I will say, when we’ve been doing something for free, to then assign monetary value to it. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:11:24]: 

Very weird. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:25]: 

It’s very weird. Yeah. Because it’s kind of like. And this is, I think, like a general problem that therapists, we have in general, is, like, often we’ve been doing this kind of emotional caretaking work for decades and then we become therapists and suddenly we’re supposed to charge for it and actually charge well. So, you know, I think that this is a common barrier that we face at multiple levels. But you’ve been doing these workshops for free and you don’t want to keep doing them for free, I assume. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:11:48]: 

Correct. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:48]: 

Tell me why you don’t want to keep doing them for free. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:11:50]: 

Well, I do feel that it’s a lot of work. I mean, just in terms of putting it on your schedule, taking that time, putting a lot of. I put a lot of thought into things. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:00]: 

Yeah. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:12:00]: 

And then just like there is a part of me that wants to feel there’s a value to what you know, there is that wanting that the value to be assigned. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:10]: 

Like you’re putting value out. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:12:12]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:12]: 

And you’re not getting direct compensation back. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:12:16]: 

Correct. Yeah, I think I started to feel that and that’s what made me move into like, you know what, let’s. It’s time to put a value and start charging. But I think the thinking was like, therapists don’t. Well, in general, either they have their own thing, their own way of self care, or it’s really hard to get them to. I even remember back when I worked in community mental health how hard it was for me to get people to go eat lunch away from their computer. Or I would do these like salsa. Lunch break. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:12:43]: 

Like lunch breaks. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:44]: 

Oh, fun. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:12:45]: 

And like the only people that would come would be the support staff. None of therapist, like one therapist would come because everyone was too busy. So I guess, I guess I think like I was setting it the price based on incentivizing, trying, really trying to get people to, to participate in self care. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:13:01]: 

Yeah. And I was that person too at the agency who was like, I’m having lunch now. Anybody want to come? Like I’ll be in the lunchroom trying to make it sound like it’s like some rager party. Yeah. Because we do know that caregivers and therapists tend to get overly absorbed in what they’re doing. They don’t stop to take a 10 minute break even though it’ll do good things for them. And I’m going to actually say, Kim, that those folks are not the target audience of what you’re doing. Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:13:24]: 

So the person who is not yet at a place where they can make themselves stop and take a break and where they’ve identified that not only do they need to do something good for themselves, but they’ve decided they’re going to do it. That person, I would say, is actually back in like a pre contemplation stage and like you’re not going to be able to entice them out even for no money. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:13:44]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:13:45]: 

Price is not the barrier for them. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:13:47]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:13:48]: 

Those barriers are internal, emotional. That’s not actually the problem that you’re able to solve for them. And no amount of pricing is going to change that. Right. Hanging out with you in the lunchroom was free. People still didn’t do it. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:14:00]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:00]: 

Same here. And we’re awesome. Right. So. So that’s the first thing I want to reflect back to you is the, the people who already have bought in to the idea of like, yes, it is worth my time to stop and take care of myself and be with myself. Price is not going to actually be the thing that free or not free or $20 or $50 is, I don’t think gonna make much of a difference to them. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:14:26]: 

Okay, good point. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:28]: 

Right. Because they’re already ready to receive the value you have to offer. And again, there’s going to be all this work that they might have had to do to get there that you can’t do for them. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:14:36]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:37]: 

Right. So we’re going to exclude those folks who you can’t get from their desks. They are no longer the people you’re thinking about as you’re creating this offer. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:14:44]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:44]: 

Okay. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:14:44]: 

Thank you. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:45]: 

Tell me about your ideal folks who receive this offer for you. Who are they? Who’s your ideal client here? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:14:50]: 

Deep feeling, deep thinking individuals, whether therapists or. I am really enjoying working with therapists just because I, I feel a lot of compassion and camaraderie and totally. I mean, obviously I’m a therapist, so I understand some of the struggles. So deep feeling, deep thinking people who care about the world and want to show up and, and make it a better place or just that want. You know what it is, is it’s about authenticity. I mean, I really enjoy working with people who have childhood trauma, specifically come from family of origin dynamics where there was narcissism or other antagonistic relationship styles. And they are trying to be the, they want to be their full selves in their work and their relationships. And for therapists even like being able to face their fears. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:15:39]: 

I mean, kind of sounds like 80 right now, but to, to just really be their full self without fear. And yeah, that’s my ideal person. Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:49]: 

And is that for these therapy workshops specifically? Is this like your therapist audience that you’re considering or would this be. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:15:56]: 

So for the big offer, the 10. So it’s a 10 week small group. That one I feel like, which is combining se, IFS and ssp. That one, I feel like I want to have that offer and then adapt it to therapists and adapt it to, to non therapists. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:17]: 

Okay, so this could be for a couple different audiences. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:16:19]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:20]: 

Yeah. Modifying it. Okay, so that’s your big offer. Let’s start with your little offer. Because I feel like your little offer could be a good place for us to test out and think about pricing before you get into the bigger one. Your little offer, it has been for therapists, correct? Yes. Okay. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:16:34]: 

I’ve been calling it Somatic Self care. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:36]: 

Okay. Okay. And those folks who come, I’m curious, those therapists, are they private practice folks? Are they in agencies? Who are they? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:16:45]: 

Private practice. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:46]: 

Okay. Okay. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:16:47]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:47]: 

So they’re private practice folks. They’re coming to you. What are they getting from that one hour with you? What are they taking away with them? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:16:54]: 

What I’m getting back is that it feels really good to move because there’s a lot of movement in it. One person said it really was helping them not panic because they’re really, really feeling the, the ice kidnappings. So what they’re really getting out of it is the, the connecting and the moving. Because we start, like I said, we start out with just some grounding stuff and we move towards more like joyful dancing movement, like mindful movement, AKA dancing in this context, in this group. Yeah. Like so someone told me it felt liberatory. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:34]: 

So them feeling liberatory. I’m going to focus in on the fact that these folks are therapists. Right. Because what you have Here is a B2B offer. It is a business to business offer. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:17:45]: 

Oh, okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:45]: 

Yeah. Because they are showing up on their lunch break between sessions. They are taking care of themselves. Right. And because you’re specifically targeting therapists, they are folks who are in business. And them being less panicky, more grounded, joyful in themselves is going to have positive impacts in their private practice. So tell me, what are the positive impacts in their private practice of them attending these sessions with you? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:18:12]: 

Oh, well, I think that it’s supportive to holding space for clients. I’m saying that they’re not, they’re not saying that to me, but if you ask me that, that’s what comes up. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:23]: 

Yes. Yeah. If they’re not panicking themselves, they’re going to be able to be more present in their clinical work. Okay. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:18:28]: 

Okay. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:29]: 

Because as you’re thinking about this offer, I’m thinking about pricing, but I’m also thinking about part of pricing is also being able to help your customers, your clients, understand the value to them. B2B is a great space in which to do business because folks are almost always more willing to invest in their business and their professional aspects of themselves than they are in themselves as individuals. Yeah, Right. Which is why you can see these coaches who charge like $50,000 a year for you to be able to chat with them. Because if you make big changes in your business, your business is a machine that helps you generate money. And you could actually see that 50,000 come back if you’re working with the right person and you do the right things. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:19:09]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:09]: 

So you are helping them not just to be more grounded as humans and be happier and healthier, but you’re also helping them to be more sustainable in their practices and serve their clients better. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:19:22]: 

Yeah, thanks. I hadn’t thought about it that way. Yeah, I’m still at the agency trying to get people to take a lunch break. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:28]: 

Yes. Yeah. You haven’t caught up to yourself. Right. Because, like, if we think about you, let’s think about you as your own client here. Is client the word you use? What is the word you’re thinking with these folks? I use the word students for folks who do msft. What is your language around these people? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:19:42]: 

I hadn’t even thought of participants. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:44]: 

Participants. Yeah. So let’s think about you as your own participant, because you did note earlier that some of these folks may have traits and needs that are similar to your own. Surprise, surprise. So let’s think about you. You are a therapist who charges 220 an hour. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:20:02]: 

  1.  

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:02]: 

  1. Sorry, my bad. 225 an hour. Right. So one hour of clinical work for you brings in 225 of revenue into your practice. Right. And if you think about yourself, if you have a support in your life that allows you to be more grounded and joyful and present with your clients, how much is that worth to you?

  

Kim Torrence [00:20:22]: 

It’s priceless. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:23]: 

Yeah. Right. Like, you need that so badly. Doing the work. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:20:27]: 

It’s everything. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:28]: 

It’s everything. Right. So just to, like, put these two things side by side, this support, that is everything to the folks who need it, who are serving folks during this tumultuous, stressful time in history is worth everything. So to put it beside the pricing we’ve talked about so far, is it worth more than $0? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:20:49]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:50]: 

Okay. Is it worth more than $20? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:20:52]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:53]: 

Okay. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:20:54]: 

Feels really weird to say that, though. It just does. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:57]: 

Yeah. Yeah, it’s worth more than $20, they’re still having a full experience even if they’re in a group. Right. The group does not detract from their experience. In fact, the group probably actually amplifies their experience because they’re having all those beautiful parts that come with a group. Right. Like universality and that, like co creation of energy and inspiration from other people who aren’t just you. So group is not less than individual. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:18]: 

Group is different. And it gives us different things that we actually can’t offer our clients or participants as individuals. So we’re going to play with pricing a little bit because I want to think about your financial needs. Knowing now that this offer is priceless, something that allows clinicians to keep doing their work. How much is that worth to them over decades? Thousands and thousands and thousands. Right. You’re not going to charge them 100,000 for this offer even if it could maybe allow them to keep doing $100,000 more of work. Because you know, the market is not going to bear that if we want to use economic terms. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:50]: 

Nobody’s going to have $100,000 to pay you for this, even if it’s worth that much. Let’s think about pricing. How many folks would be in one of these midday groups? How many participants? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:22:02]: 

I mean, right now with the summer, I feel like, you know, and also because I’ll be honest, I’ve procrastinate when it comes to marketing. So it’s like maybe I’m marketing it like two weeks before. So I’ve had, when it was free, I had a lot more people and it was right when everyone was getting fired, all the federal workers were getting fired. So at that time, maybe 18 people. But now the last month I had four. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:22:26]: 

Okay, so you have four people attending that group. So we know your clinical fee is 225 an hour. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:22:33]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:22:33]: 

Right. We do not want you getting paid less than 225 for that hour of work. How do you think about that kind of work? Do you find it more demanding than one on one? Less demanding. Do you feel it’s equal just to anchor us to the other type of service you offer? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:22:46]: 

Yeah, no, I, I, I’m coming to really enjoy it. Like I love it. It’s very different because there’s the group, the magic of the group or the power of the group to be a bear witness or just hold space? Yeah, I enjoy it. And then of course, just people’s responses after we move or sometimes we’ll chant or sing, like doing vocalizations and stuff. So it feels amazing. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:12]: 

So I’m hearing that for you, it’s actually feeling like pretty light work right now because it’s so positive, right? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:23:20]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:20]: 

Which doesn’t mean it’s less valuable, by the way. Like, it doesn’t mean we should charge less for it. But I was curious if it was like something that felt like a much heavier lift for you than a one on one. And it doesn’t. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:23:29]: 

I think the word, what comes to mind is satisfying. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:33]: 

Beautiful. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:23:33]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:34]: 

Okay. So just as a starting anchor point then, if I take your normal hourly fee for a one on one, I divide it by four people, it would be 56, 25 per person. What do you notice with that number? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:23:48]: 

Yeah, I do, I do notice kind of like a internal act. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:53]: 

What is the act about? What’s the story that goes with the act? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:23:56]: 

Yeah, it has to do with like, are people going to pay that? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:59]: 

It’s a good question. So you’ll put out that pricing. You know, this, this is the scenario. You put out the pricing. People don’t sign up. Then what? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:24:08]: 

A couple therapy sessions later, I probably, I mean, I’ll be taking that one straight to therapy for sure. Yeah, I think that what comes to mind. So I, I, I love ifs and I do that in my personal work. So I have the part of me that struggles with worthiness and then I have the part of me that’s like, this is about marketing. This is not about you. And also because I’ve had people say positive things. So. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:37]: 

Yes. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:24:38]: 

And if it is crap, then you just work on your game. You know, there’s. So I have that part right there to say. It’s like, this is not personal. It’s about just being practical. So that’s there too, along with the actual, the act. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:24:52]: 

Yeah, yeah, yeah. And is the act from that worthiness part? Yes. Yeah, yeah. And it’s really helpful to notice that. Right. Because for those vulnerable parts of us, you know, that are usually young, vulnerable, I think those parts of us can get confused about what it means if you put out an offer and people don’t buy. Right. Those parts of us do get confused and think that it’s about us and go to a shame place and like it’s some sort of, like, what would the word be? It was some sort of clear judgment on our value. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:24]: 

Right. Like here it is. I’ve been looking, I’ve been looking for evidence that I’m worthless and here it is. Right. Those parts of us, we all have variations of that. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:25:33]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:33]: 

And they’re, they’re around, but I don’t think that’s actually what it means. I’m going to go a little bit more with your marketing part on this one. If you put it out for, you know, we, we would round it, let’s say that we make it $58 an hour. If you put it out for $58 an hour and your current people don’t sign up, what can you do? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:25:54]: 

I mean I have not been on my marketing game. That is the truth. So I would work more on helping people understand. Just showing what the value is in my marketing, whether in writing or, or I guess going on podcasts or whatever feels, feels right, but just so people get a sense of it. And I think also, okay, so there’s this like other part of me that’s like coming in saying. Because the thing about mindfulness is like everyone knows, like everyone, everyone can practice self care on their own. Right. But the whole value of this is that it’s together. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:31]: 

Yes. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:26:31]: 

This is about community, it’s about co regulation, it’s about not being isolated. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:36]: 

And I think also it’s about the container to actually do it. Yeah, right. A lot of times when we create offers, like a lot of what I see the value of what we can offer in money skills for therapists, for instance is like, this is the time. If you show up at this time, you will either get coaching and hear other people get coaching about money and you’ll be able to be part of that kind of experience or you’ll have the space to actually work on money. That container, all folks have to do then is showing up to the container and you help them get into that space. Right. Where we know that often left to our own devices, we don’t do the things that are good for us. Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:27:07]: 

For a thousand reasons. So yeah, I think there’s a marketing piece here that hasn’t happened yet, but I’m already hearing pieces of what that marketing is going to be about. Of what is this experience? What do folks take away from it? What does it mean to their practice that they have this? What are some of the things that are going to be their objections that you can speak to in it? What are the things that usually get in the way of taking care of themselves that this offer solves for them? If you lay out all of those pieces and the price at the bottom of that page is $56, I’m gonna be like, fuck, I’ll take five. You know, like that’s a no brainer. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:27:44]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:27:45]: 

What do you notice with me saying that? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:27:47]: 

Oh, totally. Like I just as you’re saying that it’s. I haven’t done any. My marketing has been posting in local Facebook therapist groups. That’s it. And like, it’s not been. I haven’t been doing any of what. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:00]: 

You just described because when I think about it too, I think about it also as idea. So I’ve been reading a book called the Personal MBA because I know how to party. And in that book. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:28:21]: 

Oh, that was great. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:22]: 

They. They talk about different, different things that can be sold. And that’s been really helpful for me to clarify even just what I sell. Like, what am I selling when I sell money skills therapists or money skills group practice owners. And there’s this idea of options. And I always thought options was just a thing in trading that I didn’t understand. And I was like, oh, I don’t do that one. I do ETFs. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:41]: 

I’m going to stay over here. But options, when you sell an option, what you’re selling is the opportunity for somebody to do something that they may or may not take. So, for instance, like concert tickets are options. When I buy a ticket for a concert, I’m buying a spot at that concert. It’s mine. But if I don’t show up, it was still my spot that was saved. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:29:00]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:00]: 

I bought the option to attend the concert. And if I use it or not, what I was purchasing was a spot there. So it does make me think about this. It’s like to me, what you’re describing is not something that would just be good for somebody once. It’s something that would be good for somebody every week or every two weeks or once a month, whatever frequency makes sense. And I think if you offered me, okay, for six months, you have the opportunity to come to these workshops, like on a weekly, bi weekly, monthly basis. This is the package for you to be able to come. It’s going to be a lower price than that one off price times however many offers. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:35]: 

But I know that I have this anchor point and if I just put it in my schedule and if I show up, you are going to guide me in sinking into myself and doing these things that are good for me but are hard and I’m not going to do them by myself, that is immensely valuable. You are creating there the container and the energy for me to take care of myself in a way that I’m probably not going to be able to motivate myself all alone, sitting in my office with an inbox in front of me and a few phone calls to return. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:30:01]: 

Right? Yeah, that’s super helpful. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:03]: 

Yeah. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:30:04]: 

To think of it that way. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:05]: 

Yeah. Part of it, too, is thinking about. Yeah. How do you. How do you position this to people in a way that helps them understand the value, that makes it easy for them to say yes. And you’re setting them up to succeed. You’re helping them understand. Almost like the appropriate clinical dosage. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:20]: 

One therapy session. Not gonna do it. Weekly therapy. Better. Right. So I think about this too. It’s like, as people start to hear about your offer, I think it also makes sense that you do have an option that is like the larger commitment that is gonna help them do the thing that’s good for them, even when they’re busy and distracted. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:30:37]: 

Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. You know what? This is landing for me as like, oh, yeah, this is sales. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:45]: 

It is sales. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:30:46]: 

This is sales. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:47]: 

Surprise. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:30:51]: 

Oh, my gosh. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:52]: 

Yeah. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:30:52]: 

And I just don’t even have that. Those neurons, if they ever existed, are like fr. They’re not active. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:59]: 

Yeah. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:30:59]: 

In my brain. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:00]: 

Maybe they’re baby neurons. They need to be nurtured. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:31:03]: 

And there is such a thing as plasticity. So. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:05]: 

Yes, A hundred percent. So. Yes. So I think here, my thinking is pricing. Do not price it less than you would get for a clinical hour. That’s your floor. I think 56 is like your floor. Right. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:31:17]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:18]: 

But spending some time yourself with really laying out the value. That’s your marketing materials have, like, a beautiful description. Help me understand what it means for me. Not just for me, but for my business. Speak to my objections, but also speak to the things that I know are true. Like, let’s be real, you’re not going to get to this on your own because you have on your plate. Let us help you connect with your deeper self, whatever it is. Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:42]: 

Lay out that value and then that number at the bottom, I think is not going to be a shock to anybody who is nodding along with your copy. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:31:51]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:51]: 

What are you noticing? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:31:53]: 

No, it just feels very. Makes so much sense, everything you’re saying. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:57]: 

Yeah. I think you haven’t given this offer the credit that it deserves yet, but taking the time to stop and just write down what already you know about it. And also, I would say, solicit some testimonials. Talk to some of your people who’ve come many times about. Okay, what is their experience with it? How do they feel different before and after? What does this mean for their practice? They haven’t said it to you, but if you ask them, they’re going to have things to say about it. Get some testimonials and I’m thinking like a little just like Word document sales page. I know you’ve also worked with Meganson. I say also worked. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:32:30]: 

We’re just buddies. I hang out with her for free. I’m very lucky. She sent me her sales page that she had for her retreat that she’s running in the fall because I’m also going to be running a retreat for group practice owners in the fall. So she shared her sales page with me and it’s just a Google document, but somehow she’s just made the background a pretty color. I’m going to ask ChatGPT how I do that shortly. And she’s just written the description. So it’s not even a website that’s hosted. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:32:53]: 

It’s just a link to a Google Doc, but it looks like a website so it’d be super simple to make. And it’s maybe like three pages, four pages long. And off the bottom of that, the price at the bottom, you’re like obviously worth it. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:33:05]: 

Right? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:06]: 

This is sales. It’s sales. It’s helping them really understand the value and by the time you get to that price at the bottom, it’s going to be a no brainer for them. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:33:15]: 

Okay. Yeah, that’s awesome. That makes a lot of sense. If I’m not saying anything, it’s because I’m just absorbing and also thinking like the tech stuff is another. I don’t even. Yeah, I need to get, I need to get help. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:31]: 

Maybe, maybe. Or you can just make a Word document. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:33:34]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:34]: 

Like a, like a Google. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:33:35]: 

Yeah, I want to do exactly what you just said. That sounds so, so simple. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:39]: 

So simple. Maybe throw in an image or two. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:33:41]: 

Okay, that’s it. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:42]: 

Like don’t get in your own way. Right. I think as therapists, like we tend to be perfectionistic people and we get in our own way. We’re like, oh, I’ve got to like build a website for it and I need to get branding done. And it’s like you don’t need any of that. Like literally none. I’ve experimented with selling like some of my biggest offers off of Google Docs and it works if people already have a sense of who you are or they hear a great thing about you from someone else. They don’t need like flashy. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:34:06]: 

They just need to like know the actual information and be able to say yes. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:34:11]: 

Okay. Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:34:11]: 

You can always make it complicated and beautiful later. But I don’t think that’s actually what’s important right now. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:34:16]: 

Okay. That’s helpful to hear. I mean that’s how I even was paralyzed with perfectionism before I even started launching these things. And I was like, I don’t have a sales pin. And I had someone just encourage me to just start. Just do it. And yeah, you’re. You’re right. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:34:31]: 

I mean, it’s kind of amazing when you think about it. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:34:34]: 

Yes. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:34:35]: 

It’s like, oh, you can actually just do a Google Doc. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:34:37]: 

You can and you should. Yep. So, Kim, coming to the end of our time together today, what are you taking away? 

  

Kim Torrence [00:34:46]: 

Well, I feel less anxious. I feel less, like, conflicted about the price. I feel encouraged to. To really honor the value of these offerings, and especially this one that I was, like, not even talking about you. You really helped me to see the value of these. What I was calling lunchtime hour. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:08]: 

Yeah. By the way, we’re gonna get rid of that. That’s not in the marketing material. Okay. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:35:12]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:13]: 

Thank you. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:35:14]: 

Thank you so much. Yeah, I. So, yeah, like, I didn’t even think I would come into this call. Walking away with thinking about that the somatic self care offering as something to really focus on and build up. So that. Yeah, that’s. I have a lot to just, you know, going back to the marketing and just honoring the value that. That’s what I’m walking away with. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:37]: 

Yeah. And I think working out some of these pieces with a smaller offer and is going to then help you work on that bigger offer, and it’s also going to help you grow your list and your audience for folks who will be totally ready for that bigger offer from you. 

  

Kim Torrence [00:35:52]: 

Okay. This was so helpful. Thank you so much. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:35:56]: 

You’re welcome. You’re welcome. Kim, it’s lovely to see you again. Thank you for coming on the podcast and letting other folks learn with you and be in these conversations with you. I really appreciate it. Oh, thank you. This conversation with Kim today reminds me of how easy it is for us to dismiss our own talents and the value of what we do, even with Kim starting to talk about it as, like, just like this. This thing that’s just over the lunch hour, you know, which we. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:36:24]: 

We talked about and kind of joked about as a way to dismiss its value, you know, as though something that happens over lunchtime is inherently not valuable. As therapists and health practitioners, we are so skilled and so knowledgeable in our areas of expertise, you know, in our niche, and we are so good at the specific thing that we do, and it’s so easy to forget that that thing has a huge impact on other people and is a skill that most people don’t have and something that most people cannot offer or are not offering in the way that you are doing it. So if you’re listening right now, now, I encourage you to think about the parts of your talents that you are not fully owning, you know, taking for granted. Think about the value that you bring to folks. And I’m very excited that Kim is going to be sitting down and really writing out the value of what these workshops offer and the problems that it solves and objections. And as she said, this is all, this is sales. Once we have created something that works, and as therapists, it’s usually pretty easy for us to create something that works because we use these skills with our clients every day. So once you take it out of that one on one context and move it into a group and you need to sell it in a new way, just answering some of these questions that Kim and I talked about and writing out the value and the problems that it solves and thinking about what people’s objections are going to be and answering those objections, those are all sales skills. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:37:45]: 

And when we can sell the good thing that we do, people get value from it. And that helps to improve people’s lives. So that selling and marketing piece, although it doesn’t tend to be our favorite, can also be really grounding and energizing in terms of really naming the value of what you do, helping the people that you support understand the value of what you do and in doing so, actually getting those people, getting your help. Right. If we’re not putting ourself out there, if we’re not marketing, if we’re not selling, then people aren’t actually getting the value of what we do. So I’m sorry. So excited for Kim to, to put that together and you know, I’m sure she’ll continue to play with pricing over time, but now we have a floor. There’s a number she will not go below and she can see as she gets feedback and puts the offer together, what that number ends up being. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:38:31]: 

That makes sense for her. Thank you so much for joining me today. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and the creator of Money Skills for therapists. If you are ready to go from money confusion and fear to feeling clear and empowered, then my free on demand masterclass is the best place for you to start. You’re going to learn my four step framework to get your private practice finances working for you. You can register today using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. I look forward to supporting. 

 

 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved

EP 195: When Valuing Yourself Changes Your Circle: Money, Friendship & the Grief of Growth

195: When Valuing Yourself Changes Your Circle: Money, Friendship & the Grief of Growth 

As we begin to take our financial needs seriously—raising fees, setting boundaries, and valuing our work—those shifts don’t stay contained to our businesses. They often ripple into our personal lives, especially our friendships. In this episode, I talk about what can happen when we move from self-sacrifice to self-advocacy, and how that transition can quietly (or painfully) change the dynamics of the relationships we’ve built. 

I explore why some friendships feel strained when old patterns of caretaking and over-giving no longer fit, and I name the very real grief that can come with outgrowing relationships that once felt safe or familiar. This isn’t about blame or “doing friendships wrong.” It’s about understanding that growth—especially financial and personal growth—can be both liberating and tender at the same time. 

If you’ve ever felt conflicted between honoring your own needs and preserving friendships you care about, this episode is for you. I offer a compassionate lens for making sense of these changes and reassurance that while some connections may fall away, others—often deeper and more mutual—can emerge in their place. 

When Taking Your Financial Needs Seriously Changes Your Friendships

(00:01:45) Noticing Your Personal Needs as Your Practice (and Life) Evolves 

(00:05:18) Boundaries, Self-Worth, and Shifting Toward Mutual Relationships 

(00:08:37) How Changing Beliefs About Money and Systems Can Create Distance 

(00:12:49) Grieving Friendships That No Longer Fit Who You’re Becoming 

(00:13:59) Making Space for New or Deepened Connections 

From Self-Sacrifice to Self-Worth: Redefining Friendships as Your Relationship with Money Changes

As I’ve grown in my own relationship with money and self-worth—and as I’ve supported hundreds of therapists in growing their practices, earning more, and redefining what success looks like—I’ve seen this pattern again and again. When we stop undercharging, over-giving, or minimizing ourselves, our internal shifts often ripple outward into our friendships and relationships. As our values around money, time, and worth evolve, the relational landscape can change in ways that feel confusing, tender, or even unsettling at first. 

Here are a few reflections to hold as you navigate this season: 

  • Valuing your time changes relational expectations 
    When your time and energy matter more to you, friendships rooted in imbalance may feel harder to sustain. 
  • Honoring your needs can reveal misalignment 
    Some relationships deepen when both people embrace self-advocacy; others struggle when old roles no longer apply. 
  • Growth often brings both grief and renewal 
    It’s normal to mourn what’s changing—and also to make room for friendships that align with who you’re becoming. 

Financial self-care doesn’t just affect your business—it shapes how you show up in relationships. If you’re feeling sadness, confusion, or even relief as friendships evolve, you’re not doing anything wrong. You’re growing. And on the other side of that growth, there is space for connection that feels more mutual, supportive, and true to you. 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

Linzy Bonham [00:00:01]: 

There is a lot that sucks about friendships no longer working. And I want to name that because this in some ways is some of the least fun part of changing of growing is the things that we used to really value, the people that we used to really value, who we no longer are in step with. 

Welcome to Money Skills for Therapists, the podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm clarity and confidence with their finances. If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. Before we jump in, check out my free on Demand masterclass. You’ll find the link in the show notes or@moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. Let’s get started. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:01:01]: 

Hello and welcome back to the podcast. Today’s episode is focusing on money and friendship. This was a solo episode topic that was suggested to me by Emily Maynard, who came on to speak to us about high control religion. And there are so many facets to this topic of money and friendship that I’ve almost gotten in my own way trying to figure out how to record this because there’s just so much about money and friendship. There’s so many dimensions to it. So what I’m going to focus on today is a piece that’s also very personal to me about money and friendship, which is what happens to friendships when we start to take our own financial needs seriously. So what I have found over time through my own growth as a helper, healer, self sacrificing type of human, and also watching the hundreds of therapists that I’ve gotten to support at this point is when you take your financial needs seriously, you also need to start taking yourself more seriously. Right? These things go hand in hand. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:08]: 

When we’re taking our financial needs seriously, we’re acknowledging that I am a person with actual needs. My needs matter. You may be moving through a narrative of I deserve to be well, I deserve to be okay. Just because there’s suffering in the world doesn’t mean that I need to be in perpetual suffering. When we take our financial needs seriously, whether that involves you up, leveling your fee, deciding you need to change the way that you get paid for your work, whether that just means looking at your money in a more serious way and identifying these are my needs, you are taking yourself more seriously. By extension, these Things have to go together. And when we do that, that has an impact on our relationships and that has an impact on our friendships, potentially our friendships with other therapists, folks we’ve gone through school with, our colleagues, that can start to impact relationships in multiple ways because you’re valuing your gifts, you’re valuing your time, you are being more in touch with your own needs, you are changing the focus of your time and energy, and you’re also changing your mindset and your outlook. And I’m going to talk about how those four facets show up in friendship as we change our relationship with money. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:03:16]: 

So first, let’s talk about valuing your gifts and your time and, and how that can impact your friendships. When you start to really look at your financial needs, you are gonna have to start to acknowledge that what you do professionally has value. Right? This thing that we do, the healing work that we do, whether that’s mental health therapy, whether that is manual practice that you have, the helping and healing that we do has value, right? And the more that we get in touch with that, the more that we realize that this thing that I do, I deserve to be well compensated for it. I should not be struggling and suffering while I’m also bringing immense value into other people’s lives, means that you have to start really valuing your gifts and your time. Right? There’s a shift that starts to happen there where you realize, yeah, this thing that I do is actually valuable. Just because it’s come naturally to me or just because I am good at it doesn’t mean it’s not valuable. Right? I’m actually changing people’s lives with this gift. And, and when you start to value your gifts and your time, you’re going to start to value them in your personal life too, not just in your professional life. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:04:21]: 

Most therapists and caretakers, I find, are prone to self sacrifice, right? So we tend to have often built relationships in our personal lives. We’ve built friendships where we are not necessarily valuing our gifts and our time. Right. Where we have been over giving, where we’ve been overly accommodating and people pleasing. Right? Right. All of these lovely things that come along with having a helping, healing kind of personality. And when we start to value our gifts and our time, that is gonna disrupt that dynamic in friendships that have been based on you giving a lot over giving, sacrificing yourself, being like, oh, it’s the end of a busy day and I’m exhausted, but I will go and have coffee with this friend who is not gonna ask me anything about myself, but I know they’re going through a hard time, so I’m gonna go sacrifice myself. Despite being exhausted, when you’ve started to value your gifts and your time, you’re going to find you’re less able to do that, right? That starts to be really inauthentic to do that. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:05:18]: 

There’s going to be parts of you that are like, no, what I do is valuable and I’m no longer going to be in this dynamic. And that is going to be a disruption to friendships that you’ve built that are based on you sacrificing yourself. Right? Friendships that are not reciprocal or friendships where you’re giving beyond your boundaries, right? Your friendships, if they have been built on you caretaking and over giving, as you start to value your gifts and your time, they’re not going to work the same anymore, right? Like you are changing, you are changing. And the dynamic in your friendships, if it has been built on you over giving and you’re no longer doing that, you’re changing the rules, you’re changing your boundaries, and that is going to impact your friendships. The next piece that goes along, of course, with valuing your gifts and your time is, is being more in touch with your own needs. When we start to be more honest about our financial needs, and that might be realizing that you can’t actually get by on $45,000 a year, you need to be making $70,000 a year to get by in the city that you live in, right? Or that might be acknowledging that you also need to retire. You know, there’s not going to be some magical fairy that sweeps in at the end and takes care of you. You are the one who has to save your retirement. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:30]: 

When you start to really acknowledge your own needs and you’re in touch with your own needs, that’s also going to impact your friendships. There’s going to be friends who are on a similar path to you of starting to take their needs more seriously, or maybe they’ve always been in that place who are going to be able to support you and you’re going to be able to cheer each other on and, you know, help each other stay connected with your goals and what matters to you. But there’s going to be other friends who are invested, not consciously, unconsciously invested in you not being in touch with your needs, right. And in being self sacrificing. And when those friendships have been built with that dynamic in it, you are going to be changing that relationship, right? Not everybody is going to want you to change there’s going to be dynamics and friendships that you’ve built that are really based on you not being in touch with your needs, right? And overriding your own needs and being like, this is fine. This is okay. When it’s not fine and it’s not okay. And the more that you are in touch with your financial needs and take those seriously, the more that is also going to be showing up in your friendships. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:07:31]: 

And things that might used to be okay in a friendship for you are not okay, right? The friendship might not work as well anymore because you are changing along with valuing your time and energy and being more in touch with your own needs. When we start to change our relationship with money, it also changes the focus of our time and energy. We might be reading different books, listening to different podcasts, you know, consuming different things than we used to. There’s also going to be a change in mindset and outlooks. Often we have made friendships based on, like, similar political views, similar philosophies of life, right? Like, we. We end up in. In step with people at times in our life because we, you know, think the same, we talk the same, we’ve come from similar experiences. But as we change our relationship with money and maybe you start to think more about financial strategy, right? You want to put your energy towards that to think about, how do I get the most out of my retirement planning? Your friend who has not done this work is probably not going to be able to chat with you about that. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:08:37]: 

They’re not going to be interested in that, right? You’re going to start to maybe be interested and talking about different things, or you might start to talk about something that is very interesting to you and realize, oh, this. This friend is not there. They are not in this place. And so we do put ourselves kind of out of step with our friendships in terms of where our focus is, what we’re thinking about, but also how we’re thinking about the world, how we understand how the world works. I have found for myself as I have changed my relationship with money over time, as I’ve taken myself more seriously, as I’ve earned more money than I ever thought I would be able to earn and earn more money individually, but also just generated more money from folks wanting to get my support and the support of my team with their money, that has changed how I think about the world. For better or for worse, right? We end up with different philosophical outlooks, right? Different ideas of what is possible when you’ve experienced something that’s possible, and your analyses might start to Change, especially if you have come from a narrative of very strongly systems oriented narrative where like everything is systems, everything happens kind of to us. More of that, kind of like strong, strong systemic analysis. When you start to make choices that have impact and you start to take things more seriously in a way that has direct impact, that’s going to change that philosophy, right? Your philosophy is going to shift. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:10:08]: 

And if you have a friendship that started with a similar worldview, your worldview might start to change. And that is going to put you out of step sometimes philosophically and politically. And just in terms of what’s interesting from the people that you built friendships with before you started doing this work. So sometimes you just want to talk about different stuff, or you start to talk about something that’s really interesting to you and realize, oh, this person’s not at all interested in talking about investments or how to batch time. They’ve got other focuses. And so this is also something that can happen in terms of friendship as we change our relationship with money, as we start to take ourselves more seriously again, not everybody’s gonna go with you, right? We’re all on different paths now. Something that I haven’t mentioned yet, but that is, I think, really relevant to all of this, is that it sucks. This is the part of growing and changing that also involves a lot of grief. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:03]: 

And I know that a couple years ago on the podcast, and just like in my communities, I talked about this more. Cause it was very active and present in my life at that time of having to make space or let go of relationships that used to be really important, but did have these dynamics baked into them or that we just didn’t have that much in common anymore. And those might still be friendships that I maintain in a casual way, but the people who are your people start to change when you change your focus and your way of thinking and ask for more from life and ask for more from the people around you. There’s a lot to grieve here. And this can be a really hard part of changing your relationship with money. Taking yourself more seriously is, you know, for every door that opens, there’s other doors that close. There’s loss here. And I want to acknowledge that because it’s difficult and it’s not fun. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:57]: 

And I think that friendship is an area generally in society that we don’t talk about enough. You know, of how it feels when you have somebody that you’ve loved deeply and been in touch with and been in step with for a long time. What that’s like when you start to Fall out of step or things that you used to be okay with or that you at least expressed to that person you’re okay with, you’re no longer able to tolerate. There’s a lot of loss there, and there can be conflict and tension and hurt. There is a lot that sucks about friendships no longer working. And I want to name that because this in some ways is some of the least fun part of changing, of growing is the things that we used to really value, the people that we used to really value, who we no longer are in step with. So I will say, with growth always comes grief. They go hand in hand. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:49]: 

This is one of the areas where I’ve certainly felt the most grief in my own growth. But it’s also one of the areas, friendship is one of the areas that’s been the richest for me too, in terms of growth. The folks that I’ve ended up in step with and the ways that they see me and show up for me and challenge me are a type of friendship that I could not have had before I did this work. So there’s, you know, also all of the great relationships that you build on the other side as you value yourself, take yourself more seriously, ask for more from life, and maybe ask for more from the people around you if you haven’t been doing so. There’s beautiful new relationships or changed relationships on the other side, but it certainly can be a painful process to go through. So money and friendship, to sum it up, you know, as we change our relationship with money, our relationships change because, you know, we value our gifts and our time more, we’re more in touch with our own needs, and we often change the focus of our time and energy, and we change our mindset and our outlooks. Right? Our philosophies change, maybe our politics change and shift. This all has an impact on friendships. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:13:59]: 

So just noticing that, noticing for yourself, are these things showing up in your own life in some way? Where are the areas where maybe your growth is starting to create some tension or conflict? Where relationships that used to fit are not fitting so much anymore? And naming that and thinking about how you want to address that, are these things that you can talk about with this person? You know, is there enough love and openness and trust in this relationship that you can start to. To name where there’s discord? Or are these areas where this is life showing us that seasons change and this is a natural change that’s going to be coming as you continue to take better and better care of yourself financially and emotionally? And thank you so much for joining me today. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money Coach and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. If you are ready to go from money confusion and fear, maybe not owning your needs to feeling clear and empowered, then my Free On Demand Masterclass is the best place for you to start. You’re going to learn my four step framework to get your private practice finances working for you. Register today using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. I look forward to supporting you. 

 

 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved

EP 194: Being the Breadwinning Therapist While Raising Young Kids

194: Being the Breadwinning Therapist While Raising Young Kids 

If you’re a therapist who carries the weight of being the primary breadwinner while also wanting more presence, more ease, and more time with your family, this episode is for you. This isn’t a conversation about hustling harder or squeezing more productivity out of already-full days. It’s about slowing down enough to make values-based decisions—so your money, time, and energy actually support the life you want to be living. 

In this coaching-style episode, I sit down with Colleen Barrows, a perinatal mental health therapist, mom of two young children, and graduate of Money Skills for Therapists. Together, we walk through the very real tension Colleen is feeling between maintaining financial stability as the primary breadwinner, managing most of the household responsibilities, and wanting more meaningful one-on-one time with her kids—while also nurturing a creative passion project,  which will help therapists and postpartum women, that she hopes may one day provide her with passive income. 

Choosing Time, Family, and Financial Stability as a Breadwinning Therapist

Like so many breadwinning therapist moms, Colleen’s “math brain” keeps telling her that the solution is to see more clients. She’s currently carrying a heavy client load while also functioning as the household manager and emotional anchor at home. In this conversation, I gently guide Colleen through a reflective exercise—imagining herself years from now, looking back on this fleeting season of early parenthood—and we explore what choices she would feel most proud of when it comes to time, money, and energy. 

A Coaching Conversation for Breadwinning Therapist Parents

(00:03:39) Balancing Passion, Time, and Family 

(00:12:99) Juggling Work and Household Finances 

(00:16:57) Balancing Careers and Relationship Equity 

(00:22:41) Quality vs. Quantity in Parenting 

(00:24:20) Seeking Balance and Intentionality 

(00:27:08) Household Roles and Compatibility 

(00:31:52) Balancing Breadwinning and Family 

(00:33:21) Money Clarity for Therapists 

Exploring Choices Around Time, Energy, and Income

This episode offers an honest look at the tension many therapist parents feel—between financial responsibility, private practice demands, and the desire to be fully present during a fleeting season of early parenthood. If you’ve ever felt pulled between money decisions and your deeper values, this conversation is for you. 

Key takeaways to reflect on: 

  • Balance isn’t just math: Financial choices should support your well-being, not override it. 
  • Quality over quantity: Small, protected moments of connection matter more than constant presence. 
  • Revisit roles regularly: Sharing household labor and support can ease resentment and restore energy. 

Being the breadwinner often means carrying more than just the paycheck. This season of parenting young children is intense—but it’s not permanent. With thoughtful, values-led choices, you can build a life you’ll look back on with pride, not regret. 

Get to Know Colleen Barrows:

Colleen Barrows is a therapist with over 15 years of experience, specializing in perinatal mental health and supporting moms through pregnancy, postpartum, and early parenthood. She lives in Ohio with her husband and two young children and brings a creative, human-centered lens to her work, shaped by her background as an artist and yoga instructor. Colleen is currently building a blog for postpartum moms that blends clinical insight with personal storytelling, and as a graduate of Money Skills for Therapists, she’s continuing to explore how to balance breadwinning, creativity, family life, and financial stability with more ease. 

Follow Colleen Barrows: 

Email: colleen@colleenbarrowscounseling.com 

Website & Free Guides: https://www.allthemamatherapy.com/ 

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/allthemamatherapy 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

Colleen Barrows [00:00:00]: 

I think we’ve been leaning on the math for the most part, and it’s wearing on me, and I feel pretty exhausted by that. And I think another thing that’s helped is just reflecting on a few years ago when I was with my daughter more when she was 2, and my husband did work more during that season. And I worked, but not as much as I do now. And financially, we weren’t in the place we are now. But I felt better. I felt more aligned in other ways. And so it’s, I think that’s good information, but it can feel, you know, with the things that we’ve taken on financially, I can feel a little stuck on how to get back there. 

Linzy Bonham [00:00:40]: 

Welcome to Money Skills for Therapists, the podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm clarity and confidence with their finances. If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. Before we jump in, check out my free on demand masterclass. You’ll find the link in the show notes or@moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. Let’s get started. Hello and welcome back to the podcast. 

Linzy Bonham [00:01:18]: 

Today’s episode is a coaching episode with money skills for therapist graduate Colleen Barrows. Colleen is a therapist who’s been practicing for 15 years. She focuses on perinatal mental health. And today, Colleen and I dig into this challenge that so many of us face when we have young kids of balancing time with kids with the need to make money with other passion projects. In this case, a blog that Colleen is writing for moms in the early, early days of parenthood. How do you balance all of these things? Things? Today we also talk about breadwinning. Colleen is a breadwinner, so we talk about how that comes into her dynamic and basically tease apart this question of how do you balance all of these competing obligations and passions and values, especially while your kids are really young and you are the primary breadwinner? Here is my coaching conversation with Colleen Barrows. So, Colleen, welcome to the podcast. 

Colleen Barrows [00:02:30]: 

Thank you. I’m so happy to be here. 

Linzy Bonham [00:02:32]: 

I am so happy to have you here. It is such a treat to get to see you again after. I don’t know where we are now, like two years. Is that. 

Colleen Barrows [00:02:40]: 

It’s been. It’s been about a year, I think a Year. 

Linzy Bonham [00:02:42]: 

Okay. 

Colleen Barrows [00:02:42]: 

It feels like two. 

Linzy Bonham [00:02:43]: 

Apparently a lot has happened in my life. 

Colleen Barrows [00:02:45]: 

Yes. 

Linzy Bonham [00:02:46]: 

Okay. So a year after we worked together in Money Skills for Therapists. 

Colleen Barrows [00:02:51]: 

Yeah. 

Linzy Bonham [00:02:51]: 

So what do you want to focus on during our time together today? 

Colleen Barrows [00:02:55]: 

Yeah, I think there’s several parts to it, but I think as I’ve thought about it, I think the best way to say it is I’m just, I’m really feeling stuck and trying to figure out how to focus my energy and time right now. I’m feeling since working with you and Money Skills for Therapists, I’m feeling a lot more grounded in my practice, a lot more financially. I do feel more stable in that way. Just feeling awesome. So I’m very grateful for that. I think specifically even before we got on our call, I was doing my profit first allocation so that implementing some of those things has been really helpful. But yeah, I recently started a blog called all the Mama Therapy for Postpartum Women. Pregnant Postpartum. 

Colleen Barrows [00:03:39]: 

That’s primarily the population I work with. But I guess I’m trying to formulate this thought. I’m struggling with where to put my energy because ideally the blog and maybe some other aspects that I would add to the blog such as having some classes kind of that ideally would add some passive income, but as of right now it’s not passive and it’s also not income. I think I’m feeling discouraged with that, but I also feel a lot of energy and passion for it. So I guess I would just love some input on how to think about my time, how to think about the energy that I’m putting into these various things. Because the other aspect is I’m noticing that what I’m wanting the most right now is time, specifically with my 2 year old. My daughter just started kindergarten as we were talking about before we got on. And she is wonderful, but she’s probably neurospicy somewhere in that range and so she requires a lot. 

Colleen Barrows [00:04:47]: 

And so I’m just really craving time with my 2 year old, I guess. And it’s hard to find where to put that and where to. How to prioritize things and how to find. How to make that work. 

Linzy Bonham [00:04:59]: 

So that’s a lot to fit into one human life. 

Colleen Barrows [00:05:02]: 

Yeah, it is. And I think you and I last year talked about how I’m, you know, the primary breadwinner and you know, that’s a whole other aspect that we maybe don’t have time to go into today. But it is, you know, a big part of this is my husband, he did start doing handyman Work on Mondays. So I stay home on Mondays. He does some work. So that is feeling energetically better to have that happening. But the breakup of the income and also our just what our life is looking like is not feeling exactly what I would want right now, so. 

Linzy Bonham [00:05:39]: 

Yeah, yeah, because there’s a lot of, like, I’m hearing a lot of pressure there. 

Colleen Barrows [00:05:44]: 

Yeah, yeah, right. 

Linzy Bonham [00:05:45]: 

Like there’s the pressure on you as, as the main breadwinner in the household. Yes, like vast, vast majority breadwinner. 

Colleen Barrows [00:05:52]: 

Yeah. 

Linzy Bonham [00:05:53]: 

Then there’s, you know, the two year old is only two for so long, you know, and she’s, you know, interesting. There’s stuff going on, you know, and then there’s also, you know, wanting to create this passive income stream. I’m going to put that in hard quotations. Passive income. 

Colleen Barrows [00:06:09]: 

Yes. 

Linzy Bonham [00:06:10]: 

You know, to also, you know, I’m hearing in that too, like a passion to like reach more people. 

Colleen Barrows [00:06:14]: 

Yeah, exactly. 

Linzy Bonham [00:06:15]: 

Reach the folks that you love to serve. And that’s a lot to be carrying on your shoulders all at the same time. 

Colleen Barrows [00:06:21]: 

It is, it is. And I think obviously the hope is that if I could build the blog into something that it would be less on my shoulders, but right now it’s adding a lot. And I guess I’m curious. As I was preparing for this call, I was like, I wonder if I just need some kind of Tetris of scheduling magic. That’s my fantasy, I think, and I don’t think it’s that simple. But it’s like, how do I fit it all in and how do I just Tetris it just right so that I get everything? 

Linzy Bonham [00:06:56]: 

And that would be the kind of productivity response. Like if this was a productivity podcast, I would say, sure, you can do it all. Let’s talk about time blocking. Let’s talk about getting up and doing the most important thing first in the morning. And how do you set yourself up for an optimal day in that kind of philosophy? That’s more about optimizing your human life. I’m sure there’s lots of hacks that could help you be more effective. I personally use time blocking. I just started using Cal Newport’s timeblock planner and I do find it’s helpful. 

Linzy Bonham [00:07:27]: 

It does make me more effective when I think about, okay, what’s already on my schedule today with those blocks of time in between, what are the most important things I can be doing? Just blocking. Like, okay, from this time to this time, I’m doing inbox from 11 to 12. Right. And then from 12 to 1, I’m always gonna take a lunch and a walk, because I need that. Right. And then this is my calls. And this is so certainly some of that is helpful. But also we do only have so much energy. 

Linzy Bonham [00:07:53]: 

Right. And something that I’m thinking about, as I’m thinking about your situation is your kiddo is two. Two is a lot. And two is also fleeting. You know, all the years are fleeting, but within, you know, three years, your youngest will be in school. Right. So this is also a very specific window. There’s a podcast I listened to a little bit when I was in the kind of like young baby days, the days that you help mothers with called the Longest, Shortest Time. 

Linzy Bonham [00:08:18]: 

Are you familiar with that one? 

Colleen Barrows [00:08:20]: 

I’m not, but that’s so true. 

Linzy Bonham [00:08:21]: 

Yeah. And like that’s the idea is like those early years, especially like the baby days, but I would say also the toddler days. The days can feel long, but the years fly by. 

Colleen Barrows [00:08:32]: 

Yes. 

Linzy Bonham [00:08:33]: 

Right. And they’re years that we never get back. Never again will your little one be completely obsessed with you and want you to like play in the sandbox or whatever she’s into. 

Colleen Barrows [00:08:42]: 

Yeah, it’s such a sweet time. 

Linzy Bonham [00:08:43]: 

It is a sweet time. You know, and so I guess as I’m thinking about balancing these things, I’m curious, tell me what it is that is out of balance with your time with your 2 year old. What needs to look different? 

Colleen Barrows [00:09:00]: 

I think what I’ve been landing on is just craving that, like one on one time. And so I do think that with my daughter starting school, some of that will be a little bit more organic. I have Mondays with him, which is great. And I was starting to play with the idea of taking Thursday mornings off to also have with him. But I think because my daughter, my eldest, does take so much attention that oftentimes when we’re all together, I end up being pulled away to kind of attend to something with her. And so I think it’s the one on one time with him that I’m really mostly craving. 

Linzy Bonham [00:09:40]: 

Sorry, and I may have misgendered. You’re younger there. I think I referred to your younger as a girl as well. So to be clear, older child is a girl, the younger one’s the boy. 

 

Colleen Barrows [00:09:46]: 

The two year old we’re talking about. 

Linzy Bonham [00:09:48]: 

Yeah. So I’m hearing it’s really about that quality connection time. 

Colleen Barrows [00:09:52]: 

It is, yeah. And I had a lot of that with my daughter when she was this age. And so I think that’s also. I’m feeling just the difference of the kind of time I had with her. Versus the kind of time I’m getting with him. Yeah, yeah.

Linzy Bonham [00:10:05]: 

So I’m hearing Thursday morning is something that you’re playing with the idea for Thursday morning. 

Colleen Barrows [00:10:10]: 

Yes. Yeah, I actually blocked that out for next week to try it out. So I’m gonna see. And then just like anything, if I take that time, then I have to fit clients somewhere else. I have to fit other things, blog time, other places. But yeah. 

Linzy Bonham [00:10:26]: 

And thinking about that kind of optimized schedule, Tetris kind of thing, do you have a schedule worked out that helps you balance these different priorities? 

Colleen Barrows [00:10:37]: 

Yes and no. I feel like what mostly happens is I get my client schedule made week by week, and I do have a pretty somewhat set schedule for that. And then I fit in other things around that, whether it’s finances or working on the blog, things like that. Yeah.

Linzy Bonham [00:10:56]: 

So that’s like a regular client schedule or is that a moving client schedule?  

Colleen Barrows [00:11:01]: 

It’s a moving. It’s. It stays roughly within the same kind of hours of the week, though. Okay, but. Okay. Yeah, yeah. 

Linzy Bonham [00:11:08]: 

So there’s kind of some blocks there that, you know, are going to be client hours. 

Colleen Barrows [00:11:11]: 

Yeah, yeah, yes. Yeah. But I find that if I get a cancellation or, you know, just have an open hour, that’s when I’m like, okay, I’m going to do my best to fill in the blank. Do 10 things.

Linzy Bonham [00:11:22]: 

Yes.

Colleen Barrows [00:11:22]: 

With that one hour. 

Linzy Bonham [00:11:24]: 

Yes, yes. Yeah. Because thinking about the number side, I know that your income is essential for your household. It’s not supplementary. 

Colleen Barrows [00:11:32]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:33]: 

How many clients a week do you need to see to be able to bring home the base money to keep your household running? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:11:40]: 

I’ve been doing roughly 20 to 22, depending on the week. That’s more than. Honestly, I would like to see. But that is quite a bit. Yeah, yeah. But that’s what I need right now. Some weeks are 18, 17. 18. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:11:56]: 

But. And I think that that feels a little better, but yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:01]: 

Okay. Yeah. So 20 to 22. It is a stretch. It’s what you’ve been doing, but 18 is nicer. Yeah. Do you know what your sweet spot number would actually be? Just as a clinician, what would be your ideal amount of sessions? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:12:13]: 

I mean, in a perfect world, 16 to 18, probably. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:18]: 

Okay. So a little lower than you are now, but not massively lower. Not like half. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:12:22]: 

Yeah, yeah, yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:23]: 

So that’s good. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:12:24]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:12:25]: 

Because, you know, the piece that I’m thinking about too, as we’re thinking about balancing these different demands on your time, priorities, values. Right. Because obviously parenting, family is a value that you have you want to have that one on one time with your son? I’m hearing the blog, there is hope there for some passive income. So there’s some business strategy that you’re hoping will come from that. But I’m also hearing that there’s passion for it. Right. Like you have spark for it, which also kind of has its own life. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:12:55]: 

Yeah, yeah. It’s a creative outlet, which is a big part of me. Yeah, yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:13:01]: 

So that’s also going to be nurturing you in kind of a different way. But then there’s also this need for you to make money, the household money. Right. This is not a couple session. Obviously your husband is not here and we’re not going to get too deep into anything. But it does make me curious about in terms of your energy, have you and your husband thought about how much he would need to be working for you to be able to start to decrease your client load a little bit? Do you have a sense of what that math will look like? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:13:31]: 

To be honest, like, he and I have not thought together about that, but I have done some thinking about that. And part of the catch 22 here is that I do make more per hour. And so it just has made sense for me to increase my hours as far as financially, but time wise, not so much. But I think that is a conversation that I’ve been wanting to have with him is just, for example, if I’m not working Thursday mornings, maybe he could take on some hours. That would balance that out a little bit. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:01]: 

Yeah. Because having an actual sense of that math would be helpful because then we can actually start to understand. Okay, so if as a couple you make a goal of like you’d eventually like to get you working 18 sessions a week because that’s going to give you more energy to be present with your children. It’s going to give you time and energy to focus on the blog in a fresher way. Yeah. How many hours or how many jobs, however it’s going to work, would your husband have to take on to replace this 2 to 4 client income that we’re talking about here? We know that it’s going to be more hours than you’re going to work. You are professional offering professional services. We are very lucky to be in a field where we can command a high hourly amount more than most professions. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:41]: 

But also we can’t work 40 hours a week doing what we do. So there’s a trade off there. Right. It’s like we might be able to charge $250 or $300 for what we do even. But we can’t work 40 hours a week. You know, we’re going to cap out at 20, 25. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:14:56]: 

Yep. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:14:57]: 

Your husband is going to be able to charge less per job or less per hour, but he’s going to be able to work more hours without becoming grizzled and burnt out. Do you have a sense right now of what that math could look like? Like, what does your husband get paid for, say like a morning of handyman work? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:15:14]: 

He has been charging. I’m trying to remember what rate he just started out. So I think he’s starting a little on the low side. Maybe 70 an hour. So. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:25]: 

Which is not nothing. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:15:26]: 

Yeah, it’s not nothing. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:27]: 

Yeah, we, we had a handyman work with us last summer helping us build out backyard, a bunch of garden beds and stuff like that. Kind of like a generalist. And he was only $50 an hour. So 70 is. 70 is good. So it’s like if your husband can command $70 an hour and you’re saying that’s kind of low for your area, is he starting on the lower end. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:15:47]: 

Of what’s normal from people he’s talked to? Yeah, it seems that that’s at least average to low. Yeah. What is your hourly rate right now? I’m about 190. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:15:58]: 

So it’s almost like three to one. The math is not quite perfect, but basically he would have to work three hours to replace one of your sessions. So for you to not see two clients, it’s kind of like a day of work for him. Like a six hour day. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:16:12]: 

Yeah. Yeah, that makes sense. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:14]: 

What do you notice thinking about that math? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:16:15]: 

I notice a mix. Like again, it feels a little stuck because it’s. Part of me feels like, well, I should just work those two hours. The logical part of me feels like that doesn’t quite add up. But the energetics of him working this one day a week and just feeling him bringing in some income has felt really good. And so I could imagine a world in which him working another day, day and a half or so would make a big difference on. On our finances in part, but also just on the. How I feel, which I’m sure. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:53]: 

On your relationship. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:16:54]: 

Yeah. And on our relationship. Yeah. And just the pressure. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:16:57]: 

It’s tempting in relationships when one partner is like professionalized and can charge a lot per hour and the other can’t to kind of go all or nothing on both of them. You know, I’ve seen, I’ve seen couples do this and you know, or one, one Partner is like a lawyer. Right. And the other one can get like a decent low to mid level corporate job, but is never going to make what a lawyer makes. So the lawyer works more and more and more and the other one does more of like the home building, caretaking. And depending on who you are as people, that might be a perfect fit. But if it’s not in energetic alignment with what actually makes you happy, and if it doesn’t foster a sense of equity in the relationship, then it’s almost like a little bit of a. I’m not sure quite how to say it, but we are almost like oversimplifying the situation. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:45]: 

You’re not just dollars per hour. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:17:47]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:47]: 

You’re both humans who have emotions and have finite capacity and also have a relationship between the two of you. And both need to be showing up and contributing to your family in different ways. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:17:58]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:17:59]: 

So I can see by the math. By the math, it’s like, oh, you should just work all the time. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:18:03]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:03]: 

But as a human, that’s a terrible idea. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:18:05]: 

Yes. And I think we’ve been leaning on the math for the most part and it’s wearing on me and I feel pretty exhausted by that. And I think another thing that’s helped is just reflecting on a few years ago when I was with my daughter more when she was 2, and my husband did work more during that season. And I worked, but not as much as I do now. And financially we weren’t in the place we are now, but I felt better. I felt more aligned in other ways. And so it’s. I think that’s good information, but it can feel with the things that we’ve taken on financially, I can feel a little stuck on how to get back there. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:18:45]: 

Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:46]: 

Yeah. One thing that occurs to me as we’re talking about this in your family and the dynamics and time together, kids growing up is what if money is not the most important thing? And I’m curious if that’s true. If money is not actually the most important thing, what is the most important thing? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:19:03]: 

Yeah. And that’s never been my focus, but I think with bills, it’s like there’s just things that I can’t avoid. And so I do really value time and time with my kids and time with the family and even my creative self, my husband’s creative self, he’s also a creative person. So I think those are the things that we’ve valued. But with taking on a mortgage and having two kids that it’s so easy to get misaligned with the focus. Just has to be on bringing income. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:40]: 

Yes. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:19:41]: 

Yes. Yeah. It’s a stuck place, I guess. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:19:45]: 

Yeah. Yeah, it is a stuck place. And it’s a place that I see a lot of us get to. I think too, now that we tend to have families later in life. I had my son shortly before I turned 35. My partner was almost 40 at that time. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:20:01]: 

Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:01]: 

So it’s like you’re. We’re also kind of coming into some of our peak earning years professionally when we’re now in these new baby days. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:20:07]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:08]: 

Which is not a great combo. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:20:09]: 

Yeah. And that’s true because of course, professionally. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:11]: 

We want to show up and like make the money that we’ve built the career capital to be able to get. And yet we have these little people who need us. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:20:18]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:19]: 

And are like growing up by the day, you know, I think there’s a core tension there. And I’m curious, like, when you think about that, what do you notice thinking about these kind of two things in your life, overlapping, coinciding? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:20:32]: 

Yeah. It just feels very true. I mean, that’s true of me too. I think I was 36 when my daughter was born. So, yeah, it feels true. And I’m not sure what to do with that. Exactly. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:46]: 

Yes. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:20:46]: 

Okay. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:48]: 

So thinking about what to do with that, then I want to. I want to zoom out on your life a little bit. I want to zoom out like a lot. Let’s say you’re 85 years old. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:20:58]: 

Yeah. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:20:59]: 

Okay. And you’re looking back at your life. You’re reflecting on the choices that you’ve made. You know, your kids are grown. They probably have their own kids at this time. Maybe they live in the same city as you. Maybe they’ve moved far away. Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:13]: 

When you’re looking back at this time in your life 45 years from now, what will be important? What are you gonna be noticing? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:21:26]: 

I feel really tender as you said that. Like, almost tearful. Just, I mean, thinking about my kids. Right. Just like that. Both of them. But particularly my 2 year old, just, you know, the season before he starts school and where. Yeah, the time with him just feels really important. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:21:43]: 

And with my daughter, like, she has a lot of big needs and pouring into our home and into them, I think is. Feels like the most important. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:21:53]: 

And if that was the most important thing, what would look different right now about the way you’re structuring your time. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:22:01]: 

I’m struggling with. Exactly. You know, I think following that thought that I’ve had about taking Thursdays off, like, I think that feels like a starting point. Or Thursday mornings, at least for now. Maybe the whole day at some point. Point. But I think having some protected time, where it feels like it’s so easy for time to get swallowed up by a lot of different things. And so having some protected time that is intentional and special with my son, with my daughter, at other times of the day. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:22:32]: 

So aside from thinking about blocks of time, I’m not exactly sure what needs to change, but I think that’s a good starting point. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:22:41]: 

Yeah. Because I am thinking too about the kind of quality over quantity aspect too, where there is something to be said for quality and just kind of being. Or, sorry, quantity and just kind of being around and available. And that has its benefits, but also the quality, like, when we really could be intentional about having time with our kids. And, like, this is our special morning together. What are we gonna do? What are our special things we do together on Thursday morning? This is our, you know, mommy kiddo time together. That has a real impact on our kids. Right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:10]: 

And also I think for. I’m thinking for him too. And you have this on Mondays, and this could be something that you have to play on Mondays too. But it’s just knowing, like, Mondays is mummy day. We do these fun things together, you know, this is our special stuff that we do. Just us. Those are the resources kids call on later in therapy, you know? You know, to counter the other things that have been challenging in life is having that secure, attached relationship with their parents. And we don’t actually have to be around every day, all day to do that. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:23:37]: 

Yeah, right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:23:39]: 

In fact, I would say some, like, stay at home parents who I can think of from my own childhood friends, parents who stayed at home didn’t actually have a better relationship with their kids than my mom did with me because they weren’t in balance. Right. If they were, like, resentful and had, like, put dreams aside to be home, then that wasn’t necessarily great energy they were bringing to their parenting relationship. Right. Like, I think we all have our own balance to strike. So it also makes me curious for you, as we’re thinking about these time blocks, what is that balance for you right now, thinking about your kiddos? You’ve got two. You want to have some individual time with each of them. What would your schedule look like if you were making sure that you got in that quality time with them that you want? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:24:20]: 

I mean, I don’t think it’s so far away from what I’m currently doing, because I agree with you, there are times where I. I think I don’t necessarily want to be home with them all the time either. I enjoy the work that I do. I get a lot of meaning out of it, but I just want to do a little less of it and feel a little more well rounded. So, yeah, I do think that bringing intentionality and not letting Mondays be swallowed by tasks, it’s so easy for me to kind of just be in catch up mode and cleaning mode and maybe trying to have that intentionality around the time that I do already have built in and maybe planning to try some other time as well. I think that’s what I’m struck with, is just needing to not let it. It’s so easy for it to disappear into cleaning land or running errands land or something else like that. Yeah, yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:11]: 

I’m hearing you’re spending a lot of your time doing what in ifs language would be managing. You’re doing a lot of managing work. Right. Like you’re running a business, you’re managing household finances. You’re bringing the money, and then when you’re home, you. There’s still this managing mode of like cleaning errands, taking care of tasks. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:25:31]: 

Yeah. And I think, you know, that’s a part of the conversation I need to have with my husband. And we have had ongoing. But I do still feel like the house manager. Absolutely. And the one holding all of that pressure too. And I can, you know, I feel the energy that my resentment, you know, it takes a lot of energy to be resentful. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:25:49]: 

Yes, it does. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:25:50]: 

And so, you know, I think there’s some things in that world that ideally I could shift my focus when I do have time with the kids, because I do have that time, but it’s often taken up by the managing of the household, I think. Often. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:06]: 

Yeah. Because as I’m looking, you know, hearing where you are now and where you want to be in terms of your kids, I feel like in terms of the time with your kids, you’re only at like a tweak place. Just need to tweak a little. It’s like, you know, add Thursday mornings into the mix maybe, or maybe Mondays adding some more intentional stuff that you do to get out of the house so that manager part of you can’t take over. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:26:27]: 

Yeah, yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:26:28]: 

You know, having like a park that you go to or you always go to a certain bakery to have a little, you know, date, whatever that is. Right. So I’m hearing that’s all very tweakable, but in the broader context, with the stuckness, I am really wondering about the Balance with your husband and how much that is contributing to, like, a stuck feeling. Because it just seems overwhelming. The amount that you’re carrying is overwhelming. And feeling stuck is a very natural extension to overwhelm. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:26:54]: 

Yeah, absolutely. I think that’s very true. I think that contributes a lot to the feeling I hold in my body is just like, so much falls on me. And that’s a conversation we have had and need to continue to have. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:27:08]: 

But yeah, because I would also say too, as you’re thinking about the household, if being the household manager is not actually something that he’s naturally skilled at, if that’s not something that he’s good at, maybe it’s not something that actually he likes. There are some folks, some men who stay home and women who love being the household manager, they’re like, I made this amazing dinner. I found this really cool cleaning thing. Some folks thrive in that role. I’m not getting that vibe in terms of taking care of that part of your life. So as I’m thinking about just all of the things that need to be taken care of your life. If your husband doesn’t have the proclivity. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:27:45]: 

Is that the word, proclivity? 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:27:47]: 

Yeah, yeah, proclivity. Thank you. To be the household manager, then he should probably be contributing more to the household in the ways that. That he can show up, which is earning some more money in this handyman work, if that’s something he’s naturally skilled at. Right. Because what I’m thinking too, is if you have some more money coming in from his side, also, maybe a cleaner comes to your house on Mondays and you and your son leave. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:28:08]: 

Yeah, right. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:09]: 

Like when we have money coming into the household from the things that we’re naturally skilled at, we can turn that money into services from other folks who love cleaning. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:28:18]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:19]: 

Right. And so I don’t even know if you really should be the person cleaning your house. You know, compared to your skills and the other things like that, you can get paid good money for, you know, get paid $190 an hour to support somebody in their perinatal journey, which would cover a cleaner doing your house once a week or maybe even more. I’m not sure what the going rate. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:28:39]: 

Is where you are. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:28:41]: 

Right. So I’m also thinking it seems to me like the energy money balance is off in your relationship. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:28:51]: 

Yeah, I think so. And even hearing you talk about the cleaner, I feel a sense of relief and like, yeah, we did do that once a month for a time, and that cleaner is not available anymore. But I do think that that is a place, one of maybe many that we need to invest, free up some time with, spending money on that. Because time is really what I’m craving, and I’m feeling resentful that I don’t get enough of it to spend the way that I want. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:19]: 

Yes. Because right now, your time is being prioritized into turning that into income. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:29:24]: 

Yeah. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:26]: 

And that’s where the lion’s share of your energy is going to. Which, you know, on one hand is wonderful that you’re able to earn a lot for your time, but also your time is part of your one and only human life. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:29:36]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:37]: 

So I’m hearing there’s other things that are calling for your time and energy. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:29:41]: 

Yes. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:41]: 

Beyond just earning money for your household. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:29:44]: 

Yeah. I think that feels good to lean into that and think about how to have more of that. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:29:49]: 

As we’re coming towards the end of our time. What do you see as your next steps coming out of this conversation? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:29:54]: 

I do think, continuing to tweak some of the time with the kiddos and the intentionality of that, I think I’m struck by just needing to be more intentional with how I am spending the time that I do have with them. But also, there has been a growing need for this conversation with my husband to really sit down and look at the finances, look at how time is spent, and how maybe we can make some changes in our household. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:30:22]: 

So having that conversation. And I would really encourage you to look at the numbers to look at, like, okay, I want to get to a point where you’re working two full days a week, and that’ll mean you’re earning this much, which means we can replace this part of my income. And also, I will just reflect to you, early parenthood is a very expensive time of life. Kids just need so much from us. They need so much of our time. And there’s other expenses that come up as well, but primarily it’s just that kind of childcare piece of, like, is one of you with a child? Are you paying somebody else for childcare? So this is gonna be a tighter time financially for you. And I wanna just reflect that this is a chapter that will end, and then you’ll be into a new chapter when kiddos are in school and you’re both able to work during the days. So thinking about this as this too shall pass, this is actually kind of a fleeting time in your life. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:10]: 

So how do you best wanna manage this little window of time together? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:31:14]: 

Yeah, I think that’s such a good reminder that it. It’s Fleeting in the hard ways, and it’s fleeting in the hopeful ways, too. It will be hard to say goodbye to this, and it will bring some relief, too. Yeah. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:26]: 

What are you noticing coming to the end of our conversation? 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:31:29]: 

I think just some hope and spaciousness to think about, refocusing my attention, refocusing that energy, and also just remembering what does matter and that this isn’t a forever decision. This is left for right now. Yeah. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:43]: 

Thank you. Thank you for joining me today, Colleen. 

  

Colleen Barrows [00:31:45]: 

Thank you, Linzy. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:31:52]: 

I really appreciate Colleen coming on the podcast today to share with all of us about the puzzle that she’s working out right now. That pain of breadwinning is really real, especially when in Colleen’s case, you’re still like the primary household manager when you have kids. So you’d also love to be able to have more time to be present with your children. It is a lot, a lot of pressure to be a main breadwinner in a household, especially when you’re also wearing those other hats. So, so much of that breadwinner piece, as Megan Megginson and I talked about on our breadwinning episode that started off this season, is having that clear communication with your partner, looking at the different kinds of contributions that you’re both making, making sure that you are in balance, that you are striking a certain type of equity between the two of you. And if you’re not having clear conversations about that, and I think the conversation that Colleen and her partner will be able to have will involve some numbers. You know, what is the actual math of how she can scale back a bit, do more of what she enjoys, and he can see scale up, work a bit. What does that schedule look like? What does the math look like to keep them at a place where they’re still paying their bills and meeting their obligations, but also making sure that they are building a life where Colleen can be present with her kids and, you know, not have regrets later about not being present during these precious years where your kiddos are really small and they’re years that that fly by. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:21]: 

So thank you to Colleen, to coming on the podcast today and talking about something that I know many of us feel very deeply as therapists and parents and breadwinners. Thanks so much for joining me today. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. If you are ready to go from money confusion and fear to feeling clear and empowered, then my free on demand masterclass is the best place to start. You’re going to learn my four step framework to get your private practice finances really working for you. Register today using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. I look forward to supporting 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved

EP 193: The Benefits of Sabbaticals for Therapists: Resistance, Recovery, and Renewal

193: The Benefits of Sabbaticals for Therapists: Resistance, Recovery, and Renewal 

Have you ever felt that deep longing to step away from your practice—not for a long weekend or a quick vacation, but for a real pause? A stretch of time where you can rest, reset, and reconnect with yourself outside of the constant giving that comes with this work? That’s exactly what Maegan Megginson and I explore in today’s episode. 

Why Sabbaticals Matter—Beyond “Time Off”

Most of us only hear the word sabbatical in academic circles, but as Maegan reminds us, its root is “Sabbath”—rest. Somewhere along the way, rest became another productivity tool, something to “use well” rather than simply experience. As therapists and practice owners, we need something different. A true sabbatical isn’t for catching up on house projects or writing endless to-do lists—it’s about completely reimagining your relationship with time, worth, and spaciousness. 

Transforming Your Relationship with Time: The Power of Sabbaticals for Therapists

(00:06:57) The 4 Types of Sabbaticals for Small Business Owners 

(00:12:12) Healing & Self-Discovery During Time Away 

(00:17:43) Productivity Culture and Its Roots 

(00:20:38) Business Challenges to Taking a Sabbatical  

(00:25:18) Adjusting Business Systems to Integrate a Transformative Experience 

(00:29:45) Modeling Self-Care for Others 

(00:35:24) Collective Sabbatical for Conscious Shifts 

(00:36:45) Sabbatical Journey and Integration 

(00:40:27) Sabbatical School & Financial Freedom 

Why This Feels So Hard—And So Important

I know the fears that come up, because I’ve had them too: 
“My practice will fall apart.” 
“Clients will leave.” 
“I can’t afford a break.” 
“People will judge me.” 

But Maegan and I both believe this wholeheartedly: your business can handle you stepping away for four weeks—and you can handle it too. Preparing your practice for your absence actually builds strength and resilience into your systems. And in truth, four weeks is a tiny blip in your clients’ lives. For many of them, it may even model something deeply healing. 

Sabbaticals as an Act of Rebellion

Stepping back isn’t indulgent—it’s radical. It pushes against the cultural message that your worth depends on your output. It shows your clients, your colleagues, your kids, and the people who look up to you that it’s possible to reclaim time, energy, and humanity in a world that constantly asks for more. 

Your rest creates ripple effects. When you care for yourself, you give others permission to imagine a different way too. 

This conversation reminded me just how essential meaningful time away is—not only for our health and longevity, but for the stability of our businesses and the well-being of the communities we support. If you’re feeling stretched thin, burnt out, or disconnected from yourself, this might be the moment to gently ask: 

What do I truly need right now? 

And… 
What might become possible if I gave myself four full weeks to breathe? 

Get to Know Maegan Megginson:

Maegan Megginson is a licensed therapist, business mentor, and rest advocate who helps mission-driven professionals build sustainable work without burning themselves out. She is the host of the Deeply Rested Podcast and the creator of Sabbatical School, where she teaches therapists and business owners how to step away from their practices for meaningful time off—without fear around finances, client retention, or everything falling apart. Drawing from her own experience with burnout and recovery, Maegan brings a compassionate, practical approach to redefining success beyond constant productivity. Her work supports therapists in creating businesses that honor rest, financial sustainability, and long-term well-being.

If you’re wondering whether you could actually take a month off—without abandoning clients or destabilizing your practice—this free Sabbatical Toolkit is for you. It walks you through how to plan a month-long sabbatical in 2026 with care, clarity, and realistic preparation. Inside, you’ll find a 10-part audio training, a month-by-month planning roadmap, a financial worksheet to explore creative funding options, and sabbatical blueprints to help you design time off that’s genuinely restorative. It’s thoughtful, practical, and designed for clinicians who hold a lot—and need real support stepping away.

 

Get the free Sabbatical Toolkit at www.YouNeedASabbatical.com/toolkit 

 

Follow Maegan Megginson:  

Website: https://maeganmegginson.com/ 

Podcast: https://maeganmegginson.com/deeply-rested-podcast/ 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/maegan-megginson/ 

 

Ready to feel confident with your money?

Are you a Solo Private Practice Owner?

I made this course just for you: Money Skills for Therapists. My signature course has been carefully designed to take therapists from money confusion, shame, and uncertainty – to calm and confidence. In this course I give you everything you need to create financial peace of mind as a therapist in solo private practice.

Want to learn more? Click here to register for my free masterclass, “The 4 Step Framework to Get Your Business Finances Totally in Order.”

This masterclass is your way to get a feel for my approach, learn exactly what I teach inside Money Skills for Therapists, and get your invite to join us in the course.

Are you a Group Practice Owner?

Money Skills for Group Practice Owners is a six-month course that takes you from feeling like an overworked, stressed and underpaid group practice owner, to being the confident and empowered financial leader of your group practice. Click here to learn more and join the waitlist.

Episode Transcript

Linzy Bonham [00:00:00]: 

If you step into four weeks off but you’re still spending your time in a really similar way, I wouldn’t call that a sabbatical. I would call that just four weeks off. What makes a sabbatical different is that you are really meeting yourself and your time and your energy in a different way. This is what’s going to help you have the deepest transformative experience inside of sabbatical is if you put yourself in an altered state. 

Linzy Bonham [00:00:27]: 

Welcome to Money Skills for Therapists, the podcast that helps therapists and health practitioners in private practice go from money confusion and shame to calm clarity and confidence with their finances. If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by numbers or avoided looking at your business money, you’re in the right place. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned money coach and creator of Money Skills for Therapists. Before we jump in, check out my free On Demand masterclass. You’ll find the link in the show notes or@moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. It’s the best first step to finally feeling empowered with money in your private practice. Let’s get started. 

Maegan Megginson [00:01:04]: 

Hello and welcome back to the podcast. Today’s guest is Maegan Megginson, our most recurring guest on this podcast, who is here to talk about a project that I’m so excited about and a concept that I’m so excited about that I haven’t heard anybody else talking about, which is sabbaticals and taking a sabbatical. Maegan has a program called Sabbatical School that’s coming out that she has been percolating on and gestating for the last five years. And finally it is coming to life. And Maegan is here to talk about the value of taking a sabbatical, taking like a serious chunk of time away from your business. We talk about some of the things that come up and get in the way when people think about taking time off. Things like money, my clients will all leave. Everything will fall apart. 

Maegan Megginson [00:01:49]: 

People will judge me, I’ll judge myself. It’s selfish to take time off. We talk about those objections. She talks about what really defines a sabbatical for her. What is different from a sabbatical to say just taking some time off to, like, do some stuff around your house or go on vacation. And ultimately we talk about our relationship with time that we have as just people living in the world as it is and how taking a sabbatical can really help you change your relationship with time and come back into yourself. Here is my conversation with Maegan Megginson. 

Maegan Megginson [00:02:29]: 

Maegan Megginson, welcome back to the podcast. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:02:31]: 

I am so delighted to be back, Linzy. Thanks for having me 

Maegan Megginson [00:02:34]: 

I am also delighted. I don’t know what appearance this is for you. I want to say, like, five, six. 

Linzy Bonham [00:02:40]: 

I think it’s number 721. 

Maegan Megginson [00:02:43]: 

Is that emotionally what it feels like for you? 

Linzy Bonham [00:02:45]: 

Yes. I love it. 

Maegan Megginson [00:02:48]: 

And I’m really excited to have you here today because the topic that we have in mind, I feel like, is something that most therapists don’t even consider as an option for themselves. So I’m so excited that you’re bringing us an idea that, for some folks, might be like, what? Which is, we’re going to talk about taking a sabbatical as a solopreneur. 

Linzy Bonham [00:03:10]: 

We sure are going to talk about that. 

Maegan Megginson [00:03:12]: 

Yep. So sabbaticals for solopreneurs. And I’m saying solopreneurs. Most folks listening to this podcast are probably in the health field, you know, therapists or manual practitioners. Something that defines our business. That’s really different than kind of the normal sabbatical that you might think of is it’s just us. There’s no external paycheck happening. And I know for me, the first time a sabbatical was ever on my radar was like, an academic sabbatical. 

Maegan Megginson [00:03:38]: 

Somebody that I knew whose husband worked for the university, and they took a year off and lived in New Zealand. And I was like, what is happening? That’s incredible. But obviously, in that time, her husband was still being paid his full academic salary and, like, doing some research. That’s, like, pretty different, I think, than the situation of folks listening. Tell me about the distinction. What’s different about sabbaticals for us than maybe that academic sabbatical that we might be used to. 

Linzy Bonham [00:04:05]: 

It’s so interesting that most of us, when we think about sabbatical, our minds immediately go to the academic paradigm, because same for me, same for most people. The only time we’ve ever heard the word sabbatical or have known anyone to go on sabbatical, they’re academics. They work at universities. They work at teaching hospitals. And usually what that sabbatical time looks like is, okay, I’m gonna pay. We’re gonna pay you for. For a year to go somewhere else and do something super productive. Like, we’re gonna pay you to go, like, write your book or publish a bunch of articles or deep dive into a research project, which, on the surface, I love it. 

Linzy Bonham [00:04:47]: 

I think that’s, like, what a cool way to use your time as someone who has developed, like, a body of work in a specific field. But what’s funny to me is that somewhere along the way, that became a sabbatical. Because if we look at the word sabbatical, the root word of sabbatical is Sabbath. And the definition of Sabbath is to rest. And if we track it even further back, like the original use of Sabbath days were to have experiences doing nothing, to cease all activity. And somehow, somewhere along the path of colonization, sabbatical became this activity that was available to the academic elite to go off into the world and to create something to. 

Linzy Bonham [00:05:32]: 

So I think in. In so many ways, like, as a society, we have a really skewed idea of what it means to take time off and what it means to like, take a sabbatical. In particular, solopreneurs feel like this is something that is just not available to them. And this is true. It’s similar for solopreneurs. I’m gonna. I’m gonna make a distinction here between solopreneurs and small business owners. So. 

Linzy Bonham [00:06:02]: 

So let’s think of like, solopreneurs. Like, you’re in private practice. Like, maybe you have a couple contractors who help you in different ways, but it’s just you, like you said. And then we have small business owners. Maybe you’re like a group practice owner. You have a small team, maybe you have a large team. But even the largest group practices are still small businesses in the scope of, like, capitalist business structures. 

Maegan Megginson [00:06:25]: 

What’s possible for sure, but. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:06:26]: 

Right, exactly. So a sabbatical experience for a solopreneur versus a group practice owner. It’s going to be a little bit different. But we’ll talk in generalities here just to kind of get the point across. So we, we feel that these sabbatical experiences are so inaccessible to us because there’s nobody to pay us. We can’t imagine being gone for a year like our. What would our clients even do? We think our businesses would fall apart. There’s just this litany of reasons why we can’t place ourself in that paradigm. 

Linzy Bonham [00:06:57]: 

But what I want to offer up is that that’s not the only paradigm for taking a sabbatical and that there is a difference between taking a vacation and taking a sabbatical as a small business owner. And I know we’re going to talk more about this in this conversation, but a sabbatical is something that you can build into the structure of your business to give yourself regular time away from the doing, from the to do lists, from the grind, from the being of service, from the caregiving. Like giving yourself time away from that to really Meet who you are on the other side of your productivity is a profoundly powerful practice that has really powerful impacts on your healing as a person, but also on your business. It’s a great gift that you can give to your business. So for the purpose of this conversation and for my work leading and guiding people through sabbaticals, I like to offer small business owners a one month container. One year isn’t accessible to a vast majority of us, but one month, I find, is an amount of time for a sabbatical experience that really allows you to dive deep and to go through a deeper transformation. That something like a one or two week vacation just doesn’t have the space for that spaciousness. 

Maegan Megginson [00:08:18]: 

The idea of thinking about sabbaticals as spacious, that’s really interesting, that distinction that you made of how now we think of sabbaticals in this academic sense and really what that is. If we think about what a sabbatical is for an academic, it’s more like a deep work period. 

Linzy Bonham [00:08:32]: 

Totally. 

Maegan Megginson [00:08:33]: 

Like it’s one year to do deep work, right? To go off and get out of the daily grind of teaching or yeah, mostly teaching. And then to think deep thoughts and put together a body of work which has really nothing to do with rest. 

Linzy Bonham [00:08:47]: 

It has nothing to do with. And I think it has nothing to do with rest and it has nothing to do with doing nothing. And for me, sabbaticals, getting rest on a sabbatical is absolutely part of the experience, but it’s not the point of the experience, right? I think the purpose of a sabbatical is to deconstruct your relationship with time by giving yourself an extended amount of space to do nothing or to really choose with intention how you are acting and behaving in the world. And in fact, let me share four different types of sabbaticals that you can take. This might be really helpful. I like to say, like, I have an agenda when it comes to sabbaticals. I have a bias about how I think it can be most transformative to spend your time in a sabbatical space. But I’m not the sabbatical police. 

Linzy Bonham [00:09:40]: 

I’m not here to like tell you what you are and are not allowed to do with your time. So I like to give my clients a menu of options, like, let’s look at the different ways, the different intention you can bring to a sabbatical experience so that you can start to play around with how you want to experience a different relationship with time. And that’s the through line. If you’re committing to a sabbatical experience. I want you to spend your time in a drastically different way than you do in your normal day to day life. So for some people, that sabbatical time is productive. I think of this as the productive sabbatical. This is like a really great choice for people who have a project that is just pouring out of their soul. 

Linzy Bonham [00:10:27]: 

Someone who’s like, I am so ready to write a book. I am so ready to like dig into, I don’t know, a house renovation. 

Maegan Megginson [00:10:36]: 

Project or like refinish all my beds. 

Linzy Bonham [00:10:39]: 

Refinishing all of your. We were just talking about this before we started recording that. But what I really want folks to ask themselves is, is stepping into a productive sabbatical going to give me the experience of being with time in a different way than I am with time in my normal day to day life. Because if you step into four weeks off, but you’re still spending your time in a really similar way, I wouldn’t call that a sabbatical. I would call that just four weeks off. Right. What makes a sabbatical different is that you are really meeting yourself and your time and your energy in a different way. This is what’s going to help you have the deepest transformative experience inside of sabbatical is if you put yourself in an altered state, which we can talk more about altered states in a second productive sabbatical. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:11:30]: 

That’s the one we’re most used to seeing in the academic setting. There is something pouring out of me and I want time protected time to really channel my creative energy into this thing without the demands of my business knocking on the door every five minutes. That’s the first sabbatical. The second sabbatical is what I think of as an adventure sabbatical. This is for people who are like really feeling called to get into the world. They want to backpack through Europe. They want to like do something wild that they’ve never done before and really be in different places experiencing new and different things. But again, this needs to come from a yearning inside of your soul, not just like a bucket list that you’re trying to check off. 

Linzy Bonham [00:12:12]: 

This isn’t time to do all of the things that you need to do. Because if that’s your mindset, you’re just right back in a place of doing, of following a to do list, of following a plan. But if what you know, you need to experience a total shift and the flow of your daily life is an adventure, an adventure, sabbatical is for you. The third sabbatical is a healing sabbatical so these are sabbatical spaces where people really want to take time away to focus on their own healing, right? This might be doing some like intensive therapy, sitting in ceremony, doing some psychedelic work, working with a nutritionist, changing their diet, their exercise, right? If you need some space to really heal your body, to heal your spirit, you can use a sabbatical to meet yourself with that intention. And then the fourth sabbatical, which is the one I think is the most radical and also often the most transformative, is what I call a timeless sabbatical. And this is a sabbatical where you really have absolutely no agenda. Of course you’re still going to be in all of these sabbaticals, you’re still going to be doing the doing of life, right? You still have to shower, you have to do your laundry, you still have to cook your food stuff to get your children off to school. Like that stuff isn’t going to go away unless you’re like super resourced and you can hire someone to do that for you, which if you do, awesome, love that for you, most of us, that’s not going to be accessible. 

Linzy Bonham [00:13:41]: 

So we’re still doing the doing of life. But inside of the sabbatical experience, we actually have no plans whatsoever except to meet ourself each day, each moment, with inquiry, with curiosity. When I have absolutely nothing on my to do list, what do I want? What do I want to say yes to when there’s no agenda, no plan, no expectation for me to show up, to be something for somebody. The timeless sabbatical is a really powerful container that can pull you into some of the deepest layers of yourself that maybe you’ve never had a chance to visit before because you have been so sucked into the busyness of life, of doing so. Those are four ways you can think about, like how might I spend this time during sabbatical? But again, that through line, the thing that differentiates the sabbatical space from a long vacation or just some time off of work is that I am choosing consciously to, to experiment with time, with my relationship with time. Who am I if I create a huge shift in the way I experience my day to day life? 

Maegan Megginson [00:14:51]: 

Yeah, because that transformation of the relationship with time. I’m curious, what is your observation about the relationship that most of us tend to have developed with time, given the world that we live in? What is our normal relationship with time that you tend to see folks having? 

Linzy Bonham [00:15:06]: 

Our normal relationship with time is feeling victimized by time, feeling like we are in like a subservient relationship. With time. Time is the master. We are servants to the clock. And we feel the constriction of time, too 

Maegan Megginson [00:15:24]: 

Right. 

Linzy Bonham [00:15:24]: 

We have these honestly unrealistic expectations about how much we can do in a day, in a week, in a lifetime. But we’re gonna do everything we can to shove those expectations into the time that’s been allotted to us. So it creates this sort of battle. We’re in a battle with time, and we feel exhausted. We often feel regret that there are things that matter that are important that we’re not making time for, that we don’t have time for. So time becomes like this thing we’re in a relationship with, and it’s not a good relationship. It’s not a right relationship. So we’re struggling. 

Linzy Bonham [00:16:02]: 

Like, we’re really struggling with the parameters of time. 

Maegan Megginson [00:16:05]: 

Yeah. It makes me think about the book 4000 Weeks, about how he talks about how many of us are trying to cram multiple lives into one life. Essentially, we’re trying to do it all. We’re trying to, like, be that really present parent and be a successful business owner and also be an artist or whatever. Right. And we’re, as you say, in that battle with time, rather than kind of adjusting expectations or choosing this instead of that, which is always painful. That’s what people hate about budgeting, right. Is I have to choose this instead of that. 

Maegan Megginson [00:16:32]: 

But I want both. We do that with time, too. It’s like we’re trying to cram so much in that it’s constrained and pressured. And. Yeah, what I’m hearing, too, is ultimately, we don’t get satisfaction, too, when our expectations are here. And I’m putting my hand up in the air because this is a podcast, but what we can actually accomplish in a certain period of time is down here. 

Linzy Bonham [00:16:52]: 

That’s right. 

Maegan Megginson [00:16:53]: 

Yeah. So that transformation element, that transformative element that you’re talking about, I can see how that is so important to change that regular experience that we’re having. Otherwise, as you say, you could take a month off but still basically do exactly what you’ve been doing of still trying to cram a bunch into a day and then feel disappointed that you didn’t get XYZ done. And I told myself when I was off I was going to do these seven projects, which this is all deeply familiar to me, by the way, on the weekend, even when I’m in a good headspace on the weekend, I had a really good day. I’ve been having a lot of headaches lately, so my energy hasn’t been great. But Saturday I felt great and I started working on the backyard. And I was like, oh, then I’m gonna do this. Oh, and I wanna refinish that wheelbarrow. 

Maegan Megginson [00:17:30]: 

I’m gonna take it down to the metal and I’m gonna, you know, powder coat it. And thinking about all these things when ultimately I can really accomplish perhaps about 5% of those things that are on my list. Yeah 

Linzy Bonham [00:17:39]: 

Such a small percentage. Such a small percentage of the expectations that we have for ourselves. 

Maegan Megginson [00:17:42]: 

Yes. 

Linzy Bonham [00:17:43]: 

And just to make sure that no one listening is falling into a shame spiral about this, I think it’s really important to point out that we have been socialized to act this way. This is a direct byproduct of colonization, of capitalism, of industrialism, that we live in an age where we have been brainwashed to believe that our value and our worthiness is directly tied to our output and our productivity. We live in a culture that rewards profit, that rewards having something to show for your efforts. And. And we live in a society where we are all under this illusion that we’re talking about that it is possible to have it all, that it is possible to do all of the things. This is the first time in history we’ve had access to the Internet. Right. Which makes us intimately familiar with the happenings of the entire planet, which is cool in some regards, but also it’s like, really messing us up in other regards. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:18:42]: 

We know too much, we’re aware of too many things of. And the more we’re aware of, it’s like the more we want to do and the more we want to experience. And it’s like, hold on a second. These are all byproducts of socialization. And the reality is that my body and time are actually not separate from each other. My body exists in time. I am time. I am nature. 

Linzy Bonham [00:19:08]: 

Right. I am a part of this ecosystem that I live inside of. And taking a sabbatical is a way to come back into connection with yourself and to come back into a really, like, a felt sense of understanding of your place on this planet and of your unique relationship with everything around you, including time. So it really gives you a chance to step away from the hamster wheel of life, of doing, of compare and despair, and just coming back to your own heart, your own soul, to really feel into. I am here now and what is important to me now, and how can I choose that? And how can I really feel into what I’m doing and cramming into my life that’s actually not coming from a yearning inside of my soul? But it’s coming from a set of expectations that live inside of my brain. Yeah. 

Maegan Megginson [00:20:02]: 

What I’m hearing here is like a coming back to yourself. Right. And getting to know who you are now. Because also, we might be in different chapters of life, different seasons than we were when we set a certain plan for ourself. We might still be playing out that plan. But maybe it’s not even what you want anymore. Maybe it’s not what lights you up anymore 

Linzy Bonham [00:20:20]: 

That’s right. It’s often not. 

Maegan Megginson [00:20:23]: 

So as we’re talking about this, folks who are listening, who are like, okay, yeah, I understand that. That sounds like it would be a good idea to get back into myself, get out of the grind, be curious about who I am now, give myself these new, different experiences that change my relationship with time. 

Maegan Megginson [00:20:38]: 

We know some of the things that come up and get in the way of this. These are things that you’ve experienced, and these are things that I certainly see mostly in my students because I’m more in that small business space where I think it’s a little easier to take time away, actually, when you have a team and there’s kind of the business is still happening for folks who are solopreneurs or who own a group where they’re really, like, central a group practice where they are the bottleneck kind of nothing happens without them. Some of the things that I see come up and get in the way. Even if folks are in extreme burnout and really need this kind of transformation is my business will fall apart if I’m not there. Everything will stop happening. My clients will all go away. They’ll go find another therapist to see. They can’t go without seeing me for a whole month. 

Maegan Megginson [00:21:19]: 

They’re going to just go find somebody else, or they’re going to drop off therapy altogether. And then, of course, I can’t afford that. I can’t be taking time off when already money is tight. What are your responses? Because I’m sure you hear folks say this stuff all the time. 

Linzy Bonham [00:21:34]: 

Oh, all of the time. We’ll touch on just the tip of the iceberg right now in this episode and then direct people to more conversations about this afterwards, because each of those questions deserves a really thorough response and explanation. I will throw one more sort of obstacle or challenge into the mix, which is, actually, I’m going to throw two more into the mix. We won’t be able to get to all of these today, but I just want to normalize, like, what comes up when we start sitting with the possibility that we can take this kind of extended time off. One thing that comes up a lot is, like, the fear of judgment. 

Maegan Megginson [00:22:11]: 

Right. 

Linzy Bonham [00:22:11]: 

What will people think of me, and how am I going to communicate about this with other people? That’s a big one. And another one that is a little deeper under the surface, but often bubbles up, especially when you really want this but you feel guilty about it. Is that, like, whoa, this is way too privileged for me. This is, like, selfish. This is a luxury I can’t afford. So that’s an internalized belief that deserves some examination, too. Okay. So we have all of these obstacles that come up when we’re thinking about giving ourselves this time off. 

Linzy Bonham [00:22:49]: 

Linds, which of those questions do you want to start with? 

Maegan Megginson [00:22:53]: 

Let’s start with the. Everything will fall apart. My business will fall apart if I’m not there for a month. Great. 

Linzy Bonham [00:22:59]: 

Okay, So I want to speak to that both from the solopreneur perspective and the small business owner. You have a team perspective. But first, I want to say something that applies to everybody, which is just a little bit of tough love to remind you that even though a month feels like a totally wackadoo amount of time to not be at work, it’s really not that much time at all. 

Maegan Megginson [00:23:27]: 

No. 

Linzy Bonham [00:23:27]: 

Like, most people aren’t even gonna know that you’re gone when, like, most people don’t think about you that much. That’s the truth bomb. Like, most people don’t think about you that much. They probably won’t even notice you’re away if you have to cancel, reschedule sessions. Like, it’s not that much time. People are going to be fine. So I like to come in with a little bit of levity just to, like, bring us back down to earth to be, like, folks. We’re talking about four weeks, not four years. 

Linzy Bonham [00:23:52]: 

Blip on the radar. Relax. Relax into that. Like, one month. Our businesses can tolerate anything for one month. So I just like to say that right out of the gate feels like a long time in our bodies because it’s a pretty. It’s a radical act for the self. For the self to say, I’m not going to do a damn thing for four weeks. 

Linzy Bonham [00:24:13]: 

I’m just going to tend to myself. Crazy. That’s a crazy thing to do. Who does that? Who says that? 

Maegan Megginson [00:24:18]: 

Right. Like, that’s harder for us than it is for anybody else. 

Linzy Bonham [00:24:21]: 

Exactly. 

Maegan Megginson [00:24:21]: 

We are the most impacted by that choice. Like, by an order of magnitude. 

Linzy Bonham [00:24:26]: 

Perfectly said. Now, you said something interesting. You said it’s easier to take time off if you have a team, because Things are still running, but it really depends on your context because I think often the easiest way to begin a sabbatical practice is as a solopreneur. It’s never going to be easier for you to step away than when you are the only person working inside of your business. Now there are more like financial puzzle pieces that have to be put together to make it work for you financially. But in terms of systems, if we’re really looking at that question, like, won’t things fall apart if I’m gone? When you are a solopreneur, everything starts and stops with you. So putting your business on pause for four weeks is not that complicated. It feels complicated if you’ve never done it before. 

Linzy Bonham [00:25:18]: 

But there are so many ways, so many simple systems you can weave into the mix, combined with some really thoughtful analysis around where your time is going to and what is actually necessary to continue while you’re away versus what can pause with you, what doing inside of your business can take a sabbatical along with you. And for the things that need to keep going or moving, there are really simple systems that you can put in place to keep them moving forward. When you have a small team, it gets a little bit trickier for a couple of reasons. Now, it’s nice from the financial perspective because if you have a team like, you’re likely running some group program, you have monthly recurring revenue, you’re selling passive products, there’s some things happening behind the scenes that keep revenue flowing in, which is awesome. But the downside is that you have to coordinate your absence with a team of people. And if those people are used to depending on you for certain things to keep their jobs moving forward, it can be a little bit sticky to figure out how to navigate that. There’s also the level here of equity, which is a really important topic for me as a business owner. When I look at my companies with teams and I’m stepping away to take a sabbatical, what feels equitable to me is making sure that they also have opportunities to take those sabbaticals as well as part of the company. 

Linzy Bonham [00:26:42]: 

I don’t think it’s right that the business owner gets. That’s. To me, when it gets like the luxury privilege part of it gets a little bit sticky where it’s like, I get to do this thing because I own the business and everybody else has to keep working forever. I’m like, something doesn’t sit well about that for me. So I want to kind of zoom out and ask myself both, how can I create a company where everybody gets access to this type of time away to tend to self. I want to make sure we all have an invitation to step into that. And what changes do we need to make inside of the mechanisms of our business so that we can all step out and in and things can still run smoothly? Because if you’re in a position where you are recognizing that you’re the bottleneck, it’s great that that’s being illuminated because that needs to change. Right? It’s like if, if you are the bottleneck, if you cannot step away for four weeks without things falling apart, that actually is shining a light on some larger systemic problems inside of your business that are going to stop it from being sustainable for you for the long term. 

Linzy Bonham [00:27:46]: 

What would happen if you got sick tomorrow? If you were in an accident? Right. If your family member needed you and you had to step away, Your business needs to be able to support you in stepping away. I think hands down. So these are all questions that get illuminated when we start exploring the sabbatical process. And when I walk people through my program, which is called sabbatical school, like when we’re going through sabbatical school, we actually start the program six months before you plan on taking the sabbatical specifically so that there is enough time to really work through all of this. The financial pieces, the systems pieces, getting your team on board. It takes preparation to be able to step away. But once you do it, once, you can build it in as a more regular practice every year, every two, every five years. 

Linzy Bonham [00:28:35]: 

And it gets easier and easier every time. I’ve never known someone’s business to fall apart, by the way, when they do this. 

Maegan Megginson [00:28:41]: 

Yeah. It makes me think about the same thing as making a business that’s sellable. Like when you make a business in which you can take a sabbatical, you’ve also, also just made your business better. You’ve improved your systems, you’ve improved your financial management. Like the things that allow us to step away, you know, when you make your business more resilient, that’s also just good, period. Like, those are all awesome things to do for your business anyway. 

Linzy Bonham [00:29:03]: 

It’s such a. I like to think of it in therapy language as like a secondary gain of a sabbatical practice. You know, it’s like when you are doing, like you’re doing it for yourself first and foremost. Like, this is this. This is a practice you are doing for your capital S self. But there are so many secondary gains that get like wrapped up in a pretty package. You know, you get to Examine your business through this lens. You get to really tighten up your financial systems. 

Linzy Bonham [00:29:29]: 

You get to improve your communication and the expectation you have with clients and colleagues and collaborators. So, yeah, all the work that goes into stepping away for a sabbatical, just like you’re saying, it makes your business stronger from the ground up. 

Maegan Megginson [00:29:45]: 

It also makes me think about their secondary gains when people get their finances together. And sometimes if folks can’t do that capital S, I’m going to do it for me. Because for some folks listening, that might be hard to access. I also think about the secondary gain of, like, your kids get to see you do this thing, even if you can’t quite get to the place yet, of being like, I deserve this. I’m here. Sometimes I find it can help get folks wheels moving in the right direction. If they’re like, what do I want my kids to see? What do I want to think? What do I want to teach them is the value of time and energy and life? Or what do I want to teach them? Money is about right? And I find that that sometimes can be a bit of a spark, of a motivator for folks, especially when we’re so deep in that caretaking role that we’re only thinking about our impact on others. You’re doing incredible modeling when you are stepping away from your business and taking time to be with yourself and get to know yourself. 

Maegan Megginson [00:30:35]: 

And yeah, I just think it’s just such profound work to do for yourself and also for everybody who looks to you for inspiration. 

Linzy Bonham [00:30:42]: 

You’re really speaking to the larger mission I hold around the sabbatical school vision. I really do believe that sabbaticals are acts of rebellion. Right? Sabbaticals are a way to push back against the ways that we’re socialized, the ways that we’re conditioned to reclaim a healthier relationship with self, with family, with community, with the earth. Right. With our businesses. And when we do them out loud, it’s part of the sabbatical school process, is saying, like, how can you do this process out loud? Right? We want to hide. We feel selfish. We feel privileged. 

Linzy Bonham [00:31:20]: 

We feel kind of embarrassed that this is something that we’re doing. But I’m like, sabbatical is an act of social change. It is an act of social justice. And the most powerful thing that you can do, the gift that you can share with the world, is to say, like, yeah, I do. As a solopreneur, as a small business owner, I do have the privilege to do this. I do have the privilege to take this amount of Time off. Most people in this country, on this planet, will never have this privilege. This will never be available to them. 

Linzy Bonham [00:31:54]: 

It is available to us. That’s just a fact. So what are we going to do? Are we going to squander it, or are we going to use it for social good? And I think that the best thing you can do for yourself and for all of the people around you and for the collective is to say, I’m going to step into this as a reclaiming, and I’m going to do it out loud. I’m going to let people watch me do it. I’m going to be strong and steady when people project their judgment or defensiveness onto me. And I’m going to show the people around me that change is possible. And it can start in. In ways that feel very connected to self. 

Linzy Bonham [00:32:32]: 

So, look, here I am. I’m doing it. And I’m doing it not just for myself, but for my kids, for my family, for my clients. I think it’s incredibly powerful when your clients see you taking this type of break and when you’re honest with them about what you’re doing and why you’re doing it. I mean, I could talk about this for hours because I think, like, the ripple effects that happen when you step into this space and claim what it is you’re doing and why you’re doing it are. 

Maegan Megginson [00:32:58]: 

Whoa. 

Linzy Bonham [00:32:59]: 

Profoundly powerful. Yeah. 

Maegan Megginson [00:33:01]: 

Your passion around sabbaticals really mirrors my own passion around money. Like, I feel like I could just sub the word finances into everything you’re saying. Cause what I’m thinking about is, you know, you are really supporting and guiding folks into taking. 

Maegan Megginson [00:33:16]: 

Ownership, autonomy, agency over their time and how incredibly important time is. And that makes me think about, too, when you were mentioning privilege, it’s like, privilege is a power that we have, and whether you use it purposely or not, you still have it. 

Linzy Bonham [00:33:30]: 

That’s right. 

Maegan Megginson [00:33:31]: 

Your privilege doesn’t go away because you choose to do nothing helpful with it. 

Linzy Bonham [00:33:34]: 

You can’t give it away either. 

Maegan Megginson [00:33:35]: 

No. No, you can’t. So it’s like this is your. In being a solopreneur, in being a small business owner, you have this incredible privilege to do this powerful thing with your own life, to model that thing to those around you. I feel the exact same way about money in small business and money in general. It is a power that is there. Let’s use it to do incredible things. And just reminds me how much I like you. 

Linzy Bonham [00:33:56]: 

Wins. 

Maegan Megginson [00:33:57]: 

In conclusion, feeling is mutual. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:33:58]: 

We’re basically the same. 

Maegan Megginson [00:34:02]: 

But thankfully, with not directly competing Businesses, which I love about us. 

Linzy Bonham [00:34:05]: 

Confusing. 

Linzy Bonham [00:34:08]: 

Yeah, that would be challenging. 

Maegan Megginson [00:34:10]: 

So, Maegan, tell folks about sabbatical school. Tell them about how they can learn more about it. I want them to know everything. 

Linzy Bonham [00:34:17]: 

Sabbatical school is really an offering that is coming from deep inside of my own soul. And it is coming. It is like the offering that has gestated inside of me during my sabbatical experiences. So I have been taking sabbaticals since 2018, and I find that one of the most powerful things that happens for me on sabbatical is that I clear space in my body, in my mind, to really connect more deeply to what is it I really want to do with my life and my work, and how do I really want to be of service. And it takes time, right? It takes time for those visions, for that clarity, to really crystallize and to come forward. And for me, this idea of having a school for people who want to learn how to do sabbaticals first came through in 2020 when I was on taking sabbatical. And it’s just been. Yeah, it’s been gestating, and now it’s ready to be born, which is so exciting. 

Linzy Bonham [00:35:24]: 

So the vision, the way it’s been coming through for me is that a group of people take a sabbatical at exactly the same time. So the first cohort of sabbatical school is starting in February 2026, and we will work through the sabbatical process together and then take a collective sabbatical in July 2026. So a full month next summer, we take sabbatical together, and then we come back for that seventh month to do integration. My sabbatical model follows a psychedelic model. That is in my work with psychedelics, where I have learned so much about what makes sabbaticals work. And I really do believe a sabbatical, when you do a sabbatical with this intention, to change your relationship with time, to change your relationship with doing, what you’re actually doing is creating an altered state of consciousness for yourself. You are really expanding and shifting your consciousness for an entire month so that you can see and experience your life in a way you don’t have access to in the day to day. So in addition to working on preparing your finances and getting your systems in order and communicating about this radical thing you’re doing with your clients, your family, your friends, we’re also gonna walk through a preparation process, just like you would do. 

Linzy Bonham [00:36:45]: 

Preparing for a psychedelic journey, preparing your mindset, preparing your setting, deciding how you’re gonna spend your time what your intentions are having the sabbatical experience itself and then coming out of that experience in that seventh month, which will be August, to do integration. And integration is where most of the lasting transformation happens, because if you have a great sabbatical experience and then you rush right back into your business the exact same way it was before you started, you will lose the wisdom that you unearthed during your sabbatical experience. So having an integration practice to really be guided through the process of taking the wisdom, taking the golden nuggets that you discovered on sabbatical, and weaving them into your life and business in a practical way is crucial. So that’s the arc of sabbatical school. I’m super psyched that you, Linzy, are going to be a guest teacher in the very first month to help us with the financial piece. So we’re going to be doing some really cool financial deep dives. And I created a whole podcast miniseries all about this process that goes in depth into each of those obstacles that you shared, in addition to lots of other fun stuff about sabbatical. So you can search for sabbatical school wherever you listen to this podcast. 

Linzy Bonham [00:38:04]: 

It’s 10 episodes. You can binge them and really just immerse yourself in this whole sabbatical world, and you can decide if sabbatical is in the cards for you at this moment in time. 

Maegan Megginson [00:38:19]: 

I’m very excited for it. I’m very excited to help folks lay that financial foundation, because I think often that’s where folks get stuck, like, right away. They’re just like, I can’t financially. I just can’t. I just can’t afford it. 

Linzy Bonham [00:38:28]: 

And we got to figure out if you can. Yep, you might not be able to. And I think that’s a gift that you’re bringing into sabbatical school. Is that that realism to, like, let’s really help people see, can you afford this? Because some people can’t, but most people can. And it’s like, we. You and I have talked so much about this. It’s like you. You just have to expand the way you’re thinking about money when you’re planning for a sabbatical. 

  

Linzy Bonham [00:38:51]: 

So I won’t give any spoilers, but it’s. We’re gonna. It’s. We’re gonna break people’s brains in the best way. 

Maegan Megginson [00:38:58]: 

So if folks are interested in learning more about sabbatical school, we’ll have a link in the show notes where you can click over get into Maegan’s world. I’m so excited. As someone who has watched you gestate this for a few years now. I’m very, very excited the sabbatical school is coming to life and that I get to be part of it. It’s like, it’s gonna be so fun. 

Linzy Bonham [00:39:16]: 

It’s gonna be. I think it’s gonna be the best. I mean, I, you know, I go, it’s. This is the creative process where there are moments when I’m like, this is gonna change the world. This is gonna be so amazing. And then there are moments when I’m like, what if nobody comes and it’s just me and like, nobody likes this idea? And you know what, like, riding those waves, that’s just like part of being a business owner. So if this sings to you, like, come and do this with me so that I don’t feel alone, you know, that’s really. I’m just, I’m begging at this. 

Linzy Bonham [00:39:44]: 

No, I’m just kidding. It’s gonna be awesome. 

Maegan Megginson [00:39:46]: 

It’s gonna be awesome. It’s gonna change your life. I think sabbatical is something, especially as mental health professionals, that we deeply need just time to be in yourself. We spend so much time attuning to others and being able to match where they’re at emotionally and remember what makes them tick and shine. Shine. It’s easy to lose track of that about ourselves. So I think that anybody listening could benefit from sabbatical school. So thank you. 

Maegan Megginson [00:40:09]: 

Thank you, Maegan, for joining me today. So excited about this new beautiful thing that you’re putting out in the world and for folks listening to be part of it. 

Linzy Bonham [00:40:16]: 

Thanks, Linds. Thanks for talking about this with me and for being a part of the vision. I’m so grateful. 

Maegan Megginson [00:40:27]: 

I really appreciate Maegan coming on the podcast today. I’m very excited for sabbatical school. Definitely check out that link in the show notes. I am so excited to be teaching the first lesson in sabbatical school to help folks to lay that financial foundation to be able to take that meaningful time off. Time and money are both resources. They’re both things that we have that take care of ourselves. And your money can absolutely be used strategically, creatively, thoughtfully to allow you to have time back in your life and to be able to be with yourself and revisit and reshape your relationship with time like Maegan talked about, and do whatever fun thing you want to do. As she mentioned, whether you’re needing some adventure deeply, whether you’ve got some project flowing from you that you need time to really be with, whether it’s going to be that, that nothing that open ended sabbatical so many different ways. 

Maegan Megginson [00:41:20]: 

But I do love this idea of really stopping and being with yourself to ask what do you really need right now? If you got rid of all the but what this? What about this? What about that? It won’t work because of this. If you got rid of all of those objections, what do you really need right now? And then doing the work to actually start to put the plan and the systems in place to support you in seeking that experience of giving yourself what you really need. It’s a bold thing. As Maegan said, it’s a revolutionary thing. And I would say also as therapists and caretakers and humans in this world, it’s something that we need to be able to keep being people that we actually like. 

Maegan Megginson [00:41:59]: 

Not being, you know, grizzled and tired and resentful and all these things that can happen when we have been over giving, when we’ve been driving ourselves too hard. It is essential for the that and just to actually enjoy life and be in your life is so valuable in itself. So check out Sabbatical School link in the show notes. Thank you so much for joining me today. I’m Linzy Bonham, therapist turned Money Coach and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. If you are ready to go from money confusion and fear to feeling clear and empowered, my Free On Demand Masterclass is the best place for you to start. You’re going to learn my four step framework to get your private practice finances really working for you. Register Start day using the link in the show notes or go to moneynutsandbolts.com under masterclass. 

Maegan Megginson [00:42:37]: 

I look forward to supporting you. 

Picture of Hi, I'm Linzy

Hi, I'm Linzy

I’m a therapist in private practice turned money coach, and the creator of Money Skills for Therapists. I help therapists and health practitioners in private practice feel calm and in control of their finances.

Latest Episodes

Money can sometimes feel easier to manage in your business than in your relationship. In this episode, I sit down with Ed Coambs to gently explore what happens when you bring your money skills home and begin navigating them alongside a partner. We talk about financial intimacy, emotional safety, and what it truly takes to have honest, grounded conversations when two nervous systems — and two lifelong money stories — are in the room.

Listen to this episode »

In this episode, registered psychotherapist Liane Wood and I gently challenge you to explore what it actually means to build a sellable therapy practice—not because you should sell someday, but because thinking this way creates more freedom, sustainability, and financial clarity right now in your personal and professional life. 

Listen to this episode »

For our 200th episode of Money Skills for Therapists, I invited my business besties, Tiffany McLain and Maegan Megginson, to join me for a conversation that was more honest than polished. We unpacked about the real seasons of entrepreneurship — the times when you feel energized, expanding, and deeply aligned… and the times when you feel tired, restless, like you’re questioning everything, or quietly pulling back. If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s normal to feel both love and resentment toward your business at different points, this conversation is for you.

Listen to this episode »
© Copyright 2026 | Money Nuts & Bolts Consulting Inc. | All Rights Reserved